WO2019167914A1 - Multilayer body, water-soluble resin composition, and kit - Google Patents

Multilayer body, water-soluble resin composition, and kit Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019167914A1
WO2019167914A1 PCT/JP2019/007194 JP2019007194W WO2019167914A1 WO 2019167914 A1 WO2019167914 A1 WO 2019167914A1 JP 2019007194 W JP2019007194 W JP 2019007194W WO 2019167914 A1 WO2019167914 A1 WO 2019167914A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
water
soluble resin
group
carbon atoms
resin composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/007194
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
誠也 増田
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020207024885A priority Critical patent/KR20200115609A/en
Priority to CN201980016086.8A priority patent/CN111788527A/en
Priority to JP2020503508A priority patent/JPWO2019167914A1/en
Publication of WO2019167914A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019167914A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/306Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl acetate or vinyl alcohol (co)polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F216/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical
    • C08F216/02Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical by an alcohol radical
    • C08F216/04Acyclic compounds
    • C08F216/06Polyvinyl alcohol ; Vinyl alcohol
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F226/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
    • C08F226/06Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
    • C08F226/10N-Vinyl-pyrrolidone
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/12Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by physical features, e.g. anisotropy, viscosity or electrical conductivity
    • C08L101/14Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by physical features, e.g. anisotropy, viscosity or electrical conductivity the macromolecular compounds being water soluble or water swellable, e.g. aqueous gels
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L29/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical; Compositions of hydrolysed polymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L29/02Homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated alcohols
    • C08L29/04Polyvinyl alcohol; Partially hydrolysed homopolymers or copolymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L39/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L39/04Homopolymers or copolymers of monomers containing heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as ring member
    • C08L39/06Homopolymers or copolymers of N-vinyl-pyrrolidones
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a laminate, a water-soluble resin composition, and a kit.
  • Organic semiconductors have an advantage that it can be manufactured by a simple process as compared with a conventional device using an inorganic semiconductor such as silicon. Furthermore, it is possible to easily change the material properties by changing the molecular structure. In addition, there are a wide variety of materials, and it is thought that functions and elements that could not be achieved with inorganic semiconductors can be realized.
  • Organic semiconductors can be applied to electronic devices such as organic solar cells, organic electroluminescence displays, organic photodetectors, organic field effect transistors, organic electroluminescent elements, gas sensors, organic rectifying elements, organic inverters, information recording elements, etc. There is sex.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a hydrophilic composition containing a hydrophilic polymer (I) having a specific structure and an additive having an antibacterial or antifungal action in an amount exceeding 10% based on the total solid content of the hydrophilic composition. Have proposed to use. Accordingly, it is described that a hydrophilic composition and a hydrophilic member having high hydrophilicity, excellent durability, and high antifungal effect can be provided.
  • Patent Document 2 includes an organic semiconductor film, a protective film on the organic semiconductor film, and a resist film on the protective film, and the resist film generates an organic acid having a pKa of generated acid of ⁇ 1 or less.
  • a laminate comprising a photoacid generator (A) and a photosensitive resin composition comprising a resin (B) that reacts with an acid generated from the photoacid generator to reduce the dissolution rate in a developer containing an organic solvent. ing. Thereby, it is described that a good pattern can be formed on the organic semiconductor.
  • JP 2010-095655 A Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2015-087609
  • the wettability of the water-soluble resin composition to the member such as the organic semiconductor layer is ensured in order to obtain a good coated surface. It is desirable to do. For that purpose, it is desirable that the solid content in the composition is more hydrophobic. However, if the solid content is made hydrophobic, the solubility in an aqueous solvent is inferior, and cannot be completely removed in the step of removing the water-soluble resin layer, and a residue may remain on the surface.
  • the present invention aims to achieve both improvement of the coated surface and suppression of residue, and in a laminate having a water-soluble resin layer on the surface of the member, a laminate having an improved coated surface of the water-soluble resin layer,
  • An object is to provide a water-soluble resin composition and a kit.
  • the present inventors have conducted a study, and as a result, the solubility of the water-soluble resin layer is within a specific range, a surfactant containing an acetylene group is used, and the water-soluble resin layer is further formed. It has been found that the above problem can be solved by setting the static contact angle of the resin composition to be within a predetermined range. Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means ⁇ 1>, preferably ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 15>. ⁇ 1> A laminate having a member and a water-soluble resin layer in contact with the surface of the member, wherein the water-soluble resin layer has a speed of 0.1 to 3.0 ⁇ m / second when immersed in water at 25 ° C.
  • the water-soluble resin layer is formed from a water-soluble resin composition containing a water-soluble resin and a surfactant containing an acetylene group, and the static contact angle of the water-soluble resin composition with respect to the member Is a laminate having an angle of 69 ° or less.
  • the surfactant includes a compound represented by the following formula (9); In the formula, each of R 91 and R 92 independently represents an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms. .
  • R 93 to R 96 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer twice as large as n9, and n10 is an integer of 1 to 6. M10 is an integer twice as large as n10, and l9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  • ⁇ 4> The laminate according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the surfactant includes a compound represented by the following formula (92); R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  • R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  • ⁇ 5> The laminate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the surface tension of the 0.1% by mass aqueous solution of the surfactant at 23 ° C. is 45 mN / m or less.
  • ⁇ 6> The laminate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the in-plane uniformity of the water-soluble resin layer is 5% or less.
  • the water-soluble resin constituting the water-soluble resin layer includes at least one structural unit of a structural unit represented by the following formula (P1-1) and a structural unit represented by the formula (P1-2) , ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6> the laminate according to any one of the above;
  • R P1 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and np and mp are positive integers.
  • ⁇ 8> The laminate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, having a photosensitive layer on the water-soluble resin layer.
  • ⁇ 9> The laminate according to ⁇ 8>, having the photosensitive layer on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer.
  • ⁇ 10> The laminate according to ⁇ 8> or ⁇ 9>, wherein the photosensitive layer is exposed and developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern on the photosensitive layer.
  • ⁇ 11> The laminate according to any one of ⁇ 8> to ⁇ 10>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains a photoacid generator and a photosensitive resin.
  • ⁇ 12> The laminate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, wherein the member is an organic semiconductor layer.
  • a water-soluble resin composition comprising a resin and an aqueous solvent.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a laminate, a water-soluble resin composition, and a kit in which the surface of the water-soluble resin layer is improved in a laminate having a water-soluble resin layer on a member surface.
  • the description of the components in the present invention described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure means not only exposure by far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also drawing by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents both and / or acryl and “(meth) acrylic”
  • "Acryloyl” represents both and / or acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • solid content concentration is the percentage of the mass of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • “upper” and “lower” are described, they may be above or below the structure. That is, other structures may be interposed and do not need to be in contact with each other.
  • the photosensitive layer side is referred to as the upper side and the member (substrate or organic semiconductor layer side) is referred to as the lower side.
  • the laminate of the present invention has a member and a water-soluble resin layer on the surface of the member, and the water-soluble resin layer dissolves at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 ⁇ m / second when immersed in water at 25 ° C.
  • the composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer includes a water-soluble resin and a surfactant containing an acetylene group, and the static contact angle of the composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer with respect to a member is 69 °. It is characterized by the following. It is presumed that the above-described configuration has solved the problems of the present invention for the following reason.
  • the solid content in the composition is required to be hydrophobic.
  • the solid content in the composition is made hydrophobic, when the soluble resin layer is dissolved and removed with an aqueous solvent, the water-soluble resin layer cannot be sufficiently dissolved and remains in the member as a residue.
  • a surfactant having an acetylene group is used, and by adjusting the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer, both the improvement of the coating surface state of the water-soluble resin layer and the suppression of residues have been successfully achieved. did.
  • the dissolution rate when the dissolution rate is 0.1 ⁇ m / second or more, when the water-soluble resin layer is dissolved and removed with an aqueous solvent, the water-soluble resin can be washed away with the surfactant involved.
  • the dissolution rate By setting the dissolution rate to 3.0 ⁇ m / second or less, it is possible to maintain the affinity between the hydrophobic component and the hydrophilicity of the composition. As a result, a laminate having a water-soluble resin layer excellent in coating surface shape and dissolution / removability can be obtained.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a process of processing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • the organic semiconductor layer 3 is disposed on the substrate 4 as in the example shown in FIG.
  • the water-soluble resin layer 2 that protects the organic semiconductor layer 3 is disposed on the surface thereof in contact therewith.
  • another layer may be provided between the organic semiconductor layer 3 and the water-soluble resin layer 2.
  • the photosensitive layer 1 is disposed on the water-soluble resin layer, preferably on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer. In the example shown in FIG. 1B, the photosensitive layer 1 is exposed and developed.
  • the photosensitive layer 1a after exposure and development is formed in which the photosensitive layer 1 is exposed with a predetermined mask and developed with an organic solvent to remove the resin in the removal portion 5.
  • the water-soluble resin layer 2 is insoluble in the organic solvent and remains as it is, and the organic semiconductor layer 3 is protected without being damaged.
  • the water-soluble resin layer 2 and the organic semiconductor layer 3 in the removed portion 5 without the developed photosensitive layer (resist) 1a are removed by dry etching (FIG. 1C). Thereby, the patterning which removes the organic-semiconductor layer 3 in the removal part 5a after an etching can be performed.
  • the developed photosensitive layer 1a and the water-soluble resin layer 2 that are no longer necessary are washed with an aqueous removal solution (FIG. 1D).
  • a desired pattern is formed on the organic semiconductor layer 3, and the photosensitive layer 1 serving as a resist and the water-soluble resin layer 2 serving as a protective film are gently and accurately removed. be able to. Details of these steps will be described later.
  • the member used in the present invention is not particularly defined, and widely known members can be employed.
  • a layer having a semiconductor layer on the surface is exemplified.
  • Examples of the member in a preferred embodiment of the present invention include a member having an organic semiconductor layer on a substrate.
  • the present invention is not construed as being limited thereto.
  • the organic semiconductor layer is a layer containing an organic material exhibiting semiconductor characteristics. As in the case of a semiconductor made of an inorganic material, there are a p-type organic semiconductor that conducts holes as carriers and an n-type organic semiconductor that conducts electrons as carriers.
  • the ease of carrier flow in the organic semiconductor layer is represented by carrier mobility ⁇ . Although it depends on the application, in general, the mobility should be higher, preferably 10 ⁇ 7 cm 2 / Vs or more, more preferably 10 ⁇ 6 cm 2 / Vs or more, more preferably 10 ⁇ 5 cm 2 / Vs. More preferably, it is Vs or higher.
  • the mobility can be obtained by characteristics when a field effect transistor (FET) element is manufactured or by a time-of-flight measurement (TOF) method.
  • FET field effect transistor
  • TOF time-of-flight measurement
  • the organic semiconductor layer is preferably formed on a substrate as described above. That is, it is preferable that the substrate is included on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer far from the water-soluble resin layer.
  • the substrate include various materials such as silicon, quartz, ceramic, glass, polyester film such as polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) and polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polyimide film. May be selected.
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited.
  • any material of organic semiconductor materials may be used as long as it exhibits a hole (hole) transport property, but preferably a p-type ⁇ -conjugated polymer
  • substituted or unsubstituted polythiophene for example, poly (3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT, Sigma Aldrich Japan GK), etc.
  • polyselenophene polypyrrole, polyparaphenylene, polyparaphenylene vinylene, polythiophene vinylene, polyaniline Etc.
  • condensed polycyclic compounds eg, substituted or unsubstituted anthracene, tetracene, pentacene, anthradithiophene, hexabenzocoronene, etc.
  • triarylamine compounds eg, m-MTDATA (4,4 ′, 4 ′′) -Tris [(3-methylph nyl
  • the n-type semiconductor material that can be used for the organic semiconductor layer may be any organic semiconductor material as long as it includes an electron transporting property, but is preferably a fullerene compound, an electron-deficient phthalocyanine compound, or a naphthalene tetracarbonyl compound.
  • the fullerene compound refers to a substituted or unsubstituted fullerene, and the fullerene is C 60 , C 70 , C 76 , C 78 , C 80 , C 82 , C 84 , C 86 , C 88 , C 90.
  • C 96 , C 116 , C 180 , C 240 , C 540 fullerene and the like may be used, preferably substituted or unsubstituted C 60 , C 70 , C 86 fullerene, and particularly preferably PCBM ([6, 6] -Phenyl-C61-butyric acid methyl ester, Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK, etc.) and analogs thereof (substitute the C 60 moiety with C 70 , C 86, etc., the benzene ring of the substituent being another aromatic ring or Substituted with a heterocyclic ring, and methyl ester substituted with n-butyl ester, i-butyl ester, etc.).
  • PCBM [6, 6] -Phenyl-C61-butyric acid methyl ester, Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK, etc.
  • analogs thereof substitute the C 60 moiety with C 70 , C 86, etc., the benz
  • Electron-deficient phthalocyanines are phthalocyanines of various central metals (F 16 MPc, FPc-S8, etc., in which four or more electron withdrawing groups are bonded, where M is a central metal, Pc is phthalocyanine, and S8 is ( n-octylsulfonyl group)), naphthalocyanine, anthracocyanine, substituted or unsubstituted tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine and the like.
  • F 16 MPc, FPc-S8, etc. in which four or more electron withdrawing groups are bonded, where M is a central metal, Pc is phthalocyanine, and S8 is ( n-octylsulfonyl group)), naphthalocyanine, anthracocyanine, substituted or unsubstituted tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine and the like.
  • naphthalene tetracarbonyl compound may be used, but naphthalene tetracarboxylic anhydride (NTCDA), naphthalene bisimide compound (NTCDI), and perinone pigment (Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Red 194, etc.) are preferable.
  • NTCDA naphthalene tetracarboxylic anhydride
  • NTCDI naphthalene bisimide compound
  • perinone pigment Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Red 194, etc.
  • Any perylene tetracarbonyl compound may be used, but perylene tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (PTCDA), perylene bisimide compound (PTCDI), and benzimidazole condensed ring (PV) are preferable.
  • the TCNQ compound is a substituted or unsubstituted TCNQ and a benzene ring portion of TCNQ replaced with another aromatic ring or a hetero ring.
  • TCNQ tetracyanoquinodimethane
  • TCNAQ tetracyanoanthraquino
  • TCN3T 2,2 ′-((2E, 2 ′′ E) -3 ′, 4′-Alkyl substituted-5H, 5 ′′ H- [2,2 ′: 5 ′, 2 ′′- tertiophene] -5,5 ′′ -diylidene) dimalonitol derivatives)
  • graphene is also included. Particularly preferred examples of the n-type organic semiconductor material are shown below.
  • R in the formula may be any, but is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, branched or straight chain alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 8) and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms).
  • Me is a methyl group.
  • the organic material showing the characteristics of the semiconductor contained in the organic semiconductor layer may be one type or two or more types.
  • the above materials are usually blended in a solvent, applied in layers and dried to form a film.
  • description of a water-soluble resin layer described later can be referred to.
  • the solvent include hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, octane, decane, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, and 1-methylnaphthalene; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; Halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform, tetrachloromethane, dichloroethane, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and chlorotoluene; for example, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and amyl acetate; for example, methanol,
  • the ratio of the organic semiconductor in the composition for forming the organic semiconductor layer is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. A film having a thickness can be formed.
  • a resin binder may be blended in the composition for forming an organic semiconductor.
  • the material for forming the film and the binder resin can be dissolved or dispersed in the above-mentioned appropriate solvent to form a coating solution, and the thin film can be formed by various coating methods.
  • Resin binders include polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyester, polyamide, polyimide, polyurethane, polysiloxane, polysulfone, polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, cellulose, polyethylene, polypropylene, and other insulating polymers, and their co-polymers.
  • Examples thereof include photoconductive polymers such as coalescence, polyvinyl carbazole and polysilane, and conductive polymers such as polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyaniline and polyparaphenylene vinylene.
  • the resin binder may be used alone or in combination. In consideration of the mechanical strength of the thin film, a resin binder having a high glass transition temperature is preferable, and in consideration of charge mobility, a resin binder made of a photoconductive polymer or a conductive polymer having a structure containing no polar group is preferable.
  • the blending amount is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the organic semiconductor layer.
  • the resin binder one kind may be used or a plurality of kinds may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
  • a single layer or a mixed solution to which various semiconductor materials and additives are added may be applied onto a substrate or the like to form a blend film composed of a plurality of material types. For example, when a photoelectric conversion layer is manufactured, a mixed solution with another semiconductor material can be used. In film formation, the substrate may be heated or cooled, and the film quality and packing of molecules in the film can be controlled by changing the temperature of the substrate.
  • the temperature of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably ⁇ 200 ° C. to 400 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 100 ° C. to 300 ° C., and further preferably 0 ° C. to 200 ° C.
  • the characteristics of the formed organic semiconductor layer can be adjusted by post-processing. For example, it is possible to improve the characteristics by changing the film morphology and the molecular packing in the film by exposing to a heat treatment or a vaporized solvent. Further, by exposing to an oxidizing or reducing gas, solvent, substance, or the like, or mixing them, an oxidation or reduction reaction can be caused to adjust the carrier density in the film.
  • the thickness of the organic semiconductor layer is not particularly limited and varies depending on the type of device used, but is preferably 5 nm to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 nm to 5 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 20 nm to 500 nm.
  • the water-soluble resin layer contains a water-soluble resin.
  • the water-soluble resin refers to a resin in which the amount of the resin dissolved in 100 g of water at 23 ° C. is 1 g or more, preferably 5 g or more, more preferably 10 g or more, and 30 g or more. Is more preferable. There is no upper limit, but it is practical to be 100 g.
  • an alcohol-soluble resin can also be used as the water-soluble resin.
  • the alcohol-soluble resin include polyvinyl acetal. Although what is normally used should just be selected as alcohol which can be utilized as a solvent, For example, isopropyl alcohol is mentioned.
  • the alcohol-soluble resin means a resin having a solubility of 1 g or more with respect to 100 g of alcohol (for example) at 23 ° C., preferably 10 g or more, and more preferably 20 g or more. Although there is no upper limit, it is practical that it is 30 g or less. Unless otherwise specified, in the present invention, the alcohol-soluble resin is defined to be included in the water-soluble resin.
  • the water-soluble resin is preferably a resin containing a hydrophilic group, and examples of the hydrophilic group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, an amide group, and an imide group.
  • water-soluble resin examples include polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), water-soluble polysaccharides (water-soluble cellulose (methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, etc. ), Pullulan or pullulan derivatives, starch, hydroxypropyl starch, carboxymethyl starch, chitosan, cyclodextrin), polyethylene oxide, polyethyloxazoline and the like. Moreover, 2 or more types may be selected and used from these, and you may use as a copolymer.
  • PVP polyvinyl pyrrolidone
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • water-soluble polysaccharides water-soluble cellulose (methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose,
  • the water-soluble resin contains at least one structural unit of the structural unit represented by the formula (P1-1) and the structural unit represented by the formula (P1-2). And a water-soluble resin containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (P1) or a structural unit represented by the formula (P2) is more preferable.
  • R P1 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • np and mp are positive integers.
  • the polymer may be composed of only these structural units, but may be a copolymer of the structural unit represented by the formula (P1-1) or (P1-2) and another structural unit. .
  • R P1 in these formulas has the same meaning as R P in formula (P1-1) and (P1-2).
  • the R P2, include groups -L P -T P.
  • L P is a single bond or the following linking group L.
  • TP is a substituent, and examples of the following substituent T are given. Among them, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 3 carbon atoms).
  • an alkynyl group preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, To 10 are more preferable
  • a hydrocarbon group such as an arylalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and further preferably 7 to 11).
  • alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, and arylalkyl groups may further have a group defined by the substituent T within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • Formulas (P1) and (P2) represent a copolymer.
  • np1 and np2 and mp1 and mp2 are constituent ratios in the molecule on a mass basis, and are each independently 10% by mass or more and less than 100% by mass.
  • np1 + np2 and mp1 + mp2 do not exceed 100% by mass, respectively.
  • np1 + np2 and mp1 + mp2 are each less than 100% by mass, it means a copolymer containing other structural units.
  • water-soluble resin examples include cellulose containing a structure represented by the following formula (C1) and pullulan containing a structure represented by the formula (C2).
  • na and nb are positive integers.
  • R a is (CH 2 CH 2 O) ma H, CH 2 COONa, or a hydrogen atom.
  • ma is an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the hydroxyl group in the formulas (C1) and (C2) may be optionally substituted with a substituent T or a group combining the linking group L with the substituent T. When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to a ring in the formula through or without a linking group L to form a ring.
  • substituent T examples include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 21 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms). 7 to 11 are more preferable), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable and 2 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable).
  • an alkyl group preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • an arylalkyl group preferably having 7 to 21 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms. 7 to 11 are more preferable
  • an alkenyl group preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2
  • hydroxyl group preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 12 and further preferably 0 to 6
  • thiol group carboxyl group, aryl group (carbon A number of 6 to 22, preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 10, and an alkoxyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, To 3 are more preferable)
  • an aryloxy group preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms
  • an acyl group preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • acyloxy groups preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms
  • aryloyl groups preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7 to 19 carbon atoms. More preferably, 7 to 11 are more preferable
  • aryloyloxy group preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms
  • carbamoyl group preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable).
  • a sulfamoyl group (having 0 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 0 to 6 is more preferable, and 0 to 3 is more preferable).
  • a sulfo group, an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an arylsulfonyl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms).
  • a heterocyclic group preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 2 to 5, and preferably including a 5-membered or 6-membered ring
  • RN is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 3), and is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
  • the alkyl moiety, alkenyl moiety, and alkynyl moiety contained in each substituent may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched.
  • the substituent T may further have a substituent T.
  • the alkyl group may be a halogenated alkyl group, or may be a (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl group, an aminoalkyl group, or a carboxyalkyl group.
  • the substituent is a group capable of forming a salt such as a carboxyl group or an amino group, the group may form a salt.
  • an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms) 2 to 3 are more preferable), an alkynylene group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 and further preferably 2 to 3), an (oligo) alkyleneoxy group (of the alkylene group in one structural unit)
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3; the number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, still more preferably 1 to 30, and the arylene group ( Preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), oxygen atom, sulfur atom, sulfonyl group, carbonyl group, thi
  • the alkylene group may have the following substituent T.
  • the alkylene group may have a hydroxyl group.
  • the number of atoms contained in the linking group L is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, and even more preferably 1 to 30, excluding hydrogen atoms.
  • the number of connected atoms means the number of atoms located in the shortest path among the atomic groups involved in the connection. For example, in the case of —CH 2 — (C ⁇ O) —O—, there are 6 atoms involved in the connection, and 4 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms. On the other hand, the shortest atom involved in the connection is —C—C—O—, which is three.
  • the number of connecting atoms is preferably 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, and still more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and (oligo) alkyleneoxy group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched.
  • the linking group is a group capable of forming a salt such as —NR N —, the group may form a salt.
  • the water-soluble resin is incorporated herein by reference to the resin described in International Publication No. 2016/175220.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is preferably 50,000 to 400,000 when it is polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and preferably 15,000 to 100,000 when it is polyvinyl alcohol. In the case, it is preferably within the range of 10,000 to 300,000. Further, the molecular weight dispersity of the water-soluble resin used in the present invention is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 2.0 to 4.0.
  • the content of the water-soluble resin in the water-soluble resin composition may be appropriately adjusted as necessary, but is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less in the solid content, and 20 More preferably, it is at most mass%. As a minimum, it is preferred that it is 1 mass% or more, it is more preferred that it is 2 mass% or more, and it is still more preferred that it is 4 mass% or more.
  • the water-soluble resin composition may contain only one type of water-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the solvent for dissolving the water-soluble resin is typically water, but may be a mixed solvent of water and a water-soluble solvent such as alcohol. In the present specification, such a solvent may be referred to as an aqueous solvent.
  • the aqueous solvent is a mixed solvent, it is preferably a mixed solvent of an organic solvent and water having a solubility in water at 23 ° C. of 1 g or more.
  • the solubility of the organic solvent in water at 23 ° C. is more preferably 10 g or more, and further preferably 30 g or more.
  • the water-soluble resin composition may contain only 1 type of solvent, and may contain 2 or more types. When 2 or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the water-soluble resin composition contains a surfactant containing an acetylene group.
  • a surfactant capable of maintaining appropriate wettability without generating bubbles on the organic semiconductor layer which is often hydrophobic, requires a certain degree of hydrophobicity.
  • the hydrophobicity is strong, the surfactant remains on the organic semiconductor layer during cleaning.
  • a form of washing with a water-soluble resin while entraining a surfactant is preferable.
  • the water-soluble resin on the entraining side is too water-soluble, the water-soluble resin is likely to agglomerate, and for example, streaks are likely to occur during spin coating.
  • the surfactant containing an acetylene group only needs to contain an acetylene group in the molecule.
  • the number of acetylene groups in the molecule is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, still more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the molecular weight of the surfactant containing an acetylene group is preferably relatively small, preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit, it is practical that it is 200 or more.
  • the surfactant containing an acetylene group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (9).
  • each of R 91 and R 92 is independently an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the hetero atom contained in the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • R 91 and R 92 may each independently have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the examples of the substituent T.
  • the compound of formula (9) is preferably represented by the following formula (91).
  • R 93 to R 96 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer twice as large as n9, and n10 is an integer of 1 to 6. M10 is an integer twice as large as n10, and l9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  • R 93 to R 96 are hydrocarbon groups, and among them, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (having 2 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group and alkynyl group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched.
  • R 93 to R 96 may have a substituent T as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • R 93 to R 96 may be bonded to each other or form a ring via the linking group L.
  • substituents T they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to a hydrocarbon group in the formula through or without a linking group L to form a ring.
  • R 93 and R 94 are each preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 3). Of these, a methyl group is preferable.
  • R 95 and R 96 are preferably alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms). Of these, — (C n11 R 98 m11 ) —R 97 is preferable.
  • R 97 and R 98 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms).
  • n11 is an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • m11 is twice as many as n11.
  • R 95 and R 96 are particularly preferably isobutyl groups.
  • n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferable.
  • m9 is an integer twice as large as n9.
  • n10 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferable.
  • m10 is an integer twice as large as n10.
  • l9 and l10 are each independently a number from 0 to 12. However, l9 + l10 is preferably a number from 0 to 12, more preferably from 0 to 8, more preferably from 0 to 6, more preferably from 0 to less than 6, and more than 0 to 3 or less. Is more preferred.
  • the compound of the formula (91) may be a mixture of compounds different in number, and in this case, the number of l9 and l10, or l9 + l10 is a number including a decimal point. May be.
  • the surfactant represented by the formula (91) is preferably a surfactant represented by the following formula (92).
  • R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  • R 93 , R 94 , and R 97 to R 100 are particularly an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • 2 to 6 are more preferable, 2 to 3 are more preferable, an alkynyl group (2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 6 are more preferable, and 2 to 3 are more preferable), an aryl group (6 to 22 carbon atoms). 6 to 18 are more preferable, and 6 to 10 are more preferable, and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and further preferably 7 to 11) is preferable.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group and alkynyl group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched.
  • R 93 , R 94 and R 97 to R 100 may have a substituent T as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 may be bonded to each other or form a ring via the linking group L.
  • substituents T When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to a hydrocarbon group in the formula through or without a linking group L to form a ring.
  • R 93 , R 94 and R 97 to R 100 are preferably each independently an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms). Of these, a methyl group is preferable.
  • l11 + l12 is preferably a number of 0 to 12, more preferably a number of 0 to 8, more preferably a number of 0 to 6, more preferably a number of more than 0 and less than 6, and a number of more than 0 and 5 or less. Is more preferable, a number of more than 0 and 4 or less is even more preferable, a number of more than 0 and 3 or less, or a number of more than 0 and 1 or less.
  • l11 and l12 may be a mixture of compounds different in the number of the compound of the formula (92), in which case the number of l11 and l12, or l11 + l12 is a number including a decimal point. Also good.
  • Surfactants containing acetylene groups include the following Surfynol 104 series (trade name, Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), the following acetylenol E00, E40, E13T, and 60 (all of which are the same). Trade name, manufactured by Kawaken Finechem Co., Ltd.), among which Surfinol 104 series, acetylenol E00, E40, and E13T are preferred, and acetylenol E40 and E13T are more preferred.
  • Surfynol 104 series and acetylenol E00 are surfactants having the same structure.
  • the content of the surfactant containing an acetylene group is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.07% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.1% by mass in the solid content. That's it.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the surfactant containing an acetylene group one kind or a plurality of kinds may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
  • the surface tension of a 0.1% by mass aqueous solution of a surfactant containing an acetylene group at 23 ° C. is preferably 45 mN / m or less, more preferably 40 mN / m or less, and 35 mN / m or less. More preferably.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more, and further preferably 15 mN / m or more.
  • the surface tension of the surfactant containing an acetylene group may be appropriately selected depending on the type of surfactant to be selected.
  • the water-soluble resin composition may further contain a surfactant for improving coatability.
  • the surfactant may be any nonionic, anionic, or amphoteric fluorine-based one as long as it reduces the surface tension.
  • examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, and other polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers.
  • Oxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers such as polyoxyethylene stearate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, sorbitan trioleate, etc.
  • Sorbitan alkyl esters such as glyceride alkyl esters such as glycerol monostearate and glycerol monooleate
  • Nonionic surfactants such as oligomers containing fluorine or silicon; alkylbenzene sulfonates such as sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, sodium butyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium pentyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium hexyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium octyl naphthalene sulfonate Anionic surfactants such as alkyl naphthalene sulfonates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, alkyl sulfonates such as sodium dodecyl sulfonate, and sulfosucc
  • the total amount of the surfactant containing the acetylene group and the other surfactant, and the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.05 in the solid content. It is an amount contained in a ratio of ⁇ 20% by mass, more preferably 0.07-15% by mass, still more preferably 0.1-10% by mass. These surfactants may be used alone or in combination. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range. Moreover, in this invention, it can also be set as the structure which does not contain other surfactant substantially.
  • “Substantially free” means that the content of other surfactant is 5% by mass or less of the content of the surfactant containing an acetylene group, preferably 3% by mass or less, and preferably 1% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
  • Preservatives and mold inhibitors (preservatives, etc.) >>> It is also preferable to contain a preservative or fungicide in the water-soluble resin composition.
  • the antiseptic / antifungal agent hereinafter referred to as preservative
  • the additive having antibacterial or antifungal action preferably contains at least one selected from water-soluble or water-dispersible organic compounds.
  • the antibacterial or antifungal additive such as antiseptics include organic antibacterial and antifungal agents, inorganic antibacterial and antifungal agents, and natural antibacterial and antifungal agents.
  • the antibacterial or antifungal agent those described in “Antimicrobial / antifungal technology” published by Toray Research Center, Inc. can be used.
  • the present invention by adding a preservative or the like to the water-soluble resin layer, the effect of suppressing an increase in coating defects due to bacterial growth inside the solution after long-term storage at room temperature is more effectively exhibited.
  • preservatives include phenol ether compounds, imidazole compounds, sulfone compounds, N-haloalkylthio compounds, anilide compounds, pyrrole compounds, quaternary ammonium salts, arsine compounds, pyridine compounds, triazine compounds. , Benzoisothiazoline compounds, isothiazoline compounds and the like.
  • Natural antibacterial / antifungal agents include chitosan, a basic polysaccharide obtained by hydrolyzing chitin contained in crab and shrimp shells. Nikko's “trade name Holon Killer Bees Sera” made of amino metal in which metal is compounded on both sides of amino acid is preferable.
  • the content of the preservative and the like in the water-soluble resin composition is preferably 0.005 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass in the total solid content, and 0.05 to The content is more preferably 2% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 1% by mass.
  • One kind or a plurality of preservatives may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
  • Antibacterial effects such as preservatives can be evaluated according to JIS Z 2801 (antibacterial processed product-antibacterial test method / antibacterial effect). Further, the antifungal effect can be evaluated in accordance with JIS Z 2911 (mold resistance test).
  • the water-soluble resin composition preferably contains a light shielding agent.
  • a light-shielding agent By blending a light-shielding agent, damage to the organic semiconductor layer or the like due to light can be further suppressed.
  • the blending amount of the light-shielding agent is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 25% by mass in the solid content of the water-soluble resin composition.
  • the light shielding agent one kind or a plurality of kinds may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
  • the water-soluble resin layer is preferably formed from a water-soluble resin composition.
  • coating is preferable.
  • application methods include slit coating, casting, blade coating, wire bar coating, spray coating, dipping (dip) coating, bead coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, ink jet, Examples thereof include a spin coating method and a Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) method. It is more preferable to use a casting method, a spin coating method, and an ink jet method. Such a process makes it possible to produce a water-soluble resin layer having a smooth surface and a large area at a low cost.
  • LB Langmuir-Blodgett
  • the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or more.
  • As an upper limit of the thickness of a water-soluble resin layer 10 micrometers or less are preferable, 5.0 micrometers or less are more preferable, and 3.0 micrometers or less are further more preferable.
  • the water-soluble resin layer can be formed, for example, by applying the water-soluble resin composition on the organic semiconductor layer and drying it.
  • the in-plane uniformity of the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and 0.5% or less. More preferably. The lower limit is practically 0.1% or more. For the in-plane uniformity of the film thickness, a value measured based on the method described in Examples described later is adopted.
  • the solid content concentration of the water-soluble resin composition is preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass, and further preferably 2.0 to 14% by mass. preferable. It can apply
  • the water-soluble resin layer is set so that it can be dissolved at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 ⁇ m / sec when immersed in water at 25 ° C.
  • a dissolution rate By having such a dissolution rate, it interacts with the surfactant or supplements the function of the surfactant, realizing good protection of the organic semiconductor layer, etc. Can be achieved, and quick and reliable detergency at the time of washing can be imparted.
  • the upper limit of the dissolution rate is as described above, but is preferably 2.5 ⁇ m / second or less, more preferably 2.2 ⁇ m / second or less, and further preferably 2 ⁇ m / second or less. preferable.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05 ⁇ m / second or more, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m / second or more, and further preferably 0.2 ⁇ m / second or more.
  • the method for measuring the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer is based on the method employed in the examples described later.
  • a method for adjusting the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer may be a conventional method in this technical field. For example, it can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the molecular weight of the water-soluble resin composition, or adjusting the blend ratio of the low molecular weight resin and the high molecular weight resin.
  • the static contact angle with respect to the member of the water-soluble resin composition is preferably 69 ° or less, more preferably 50 ° or less, and further preferably 40 ° or less.
  • the lower limit may be 0 °, but is practically 2 ° or more.
  • the blend ratio of a water-soluble resin and a surfactant containing an acetylene group in the water-soluble resin composition is adjusted, a surfactant not containing an acetylene group is further blended, or the alkyloxy chain of the surfactant side chain By increasing the length, the contact angle increases.
  • the photosensitive layer contains a photosensitive resin, and a material commonly used in this technical field can be appropriately used.
  • the photosensitive layer is preferably a layer formed from a photosensitive resin composition further containing an acid generator. That is, an embodiment in which the photosensitive layer includes a photoacid generator and a photosensitive resin is exemplified.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the photosensitive resin is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and further preferably 35,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly defined, but is preferably 100,000 or less, may be 70,000 or less, and may be 50,000 or less.
  • the amount of the component having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or less contained in the photosensitive resin is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less of the total photosensitive resin component.
  • the molecular weight dispersity (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight) of the photosensitive resin is preferably 1.0 to 4.0, and more preferably 1.1 to 2.5.
  • the photosensitive resin composition forming the photosensitive layer may contain a solvent.
  • An embodiment in which the amount of the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is 1 to 10% by mass is exemplified.
  • the photosensitive layer is preferably a chemically amplified photosensitive layer. When the photosensitive layer is of a chemical amplification type, high storage stability and fine pattern formation can be achieved.
  • the content of the photosensitive resin in the photosensitive layer is preferably 20 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 40 to 99% by mass, and further preferably 70 to 99% by mass.
  • 1 type or 2 or more types of photosensitive resin may be contained. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive layer is preferably hardly soluble in a developing solution containing an organic solvent in the exposed portion.
  • Slightly soluble means that the exposed portion is hardly soluble in the developer, and specifically, 50 mJ / cm at least one of a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 248 nm (KrF line) and a wavelength of 193 nm (ArF line).
  • the polarity is changed by exposure at an irradiation dose of 2 or more, and it is preferably hardly soluble in a solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter value) of less than 19 (MPa) 1/2 , and 18.5 (MPa).
  • the polarity changes as described above by exposing at a dose of 50 to 250 mJ / cm 2 at at least one of a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 248 nm (KrF line) and a wavelength of 193 nm (ArF line). Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive layer may be a negative photosensitive layer or a positive photosensitive layer.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 0.75 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of improving the resolution.
  • the upper limit of the thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the total thickness of the photosensitive layer and the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the photosensitive layer preferably has photosensitivity to i-ray irradiation.
  • Photosensitivity refers to the rate of dissolution in an organic solvent (preferably butyl acetate) due to irradiation with at least one of actinic rays and radiation (i-line irradiation if it has photosensitivity to i-line irradiation). To do.
  • the photosensitive layer is usually formed using a photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is preferably a chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition containing at least a photosensitive resin and a photoacid generator.
  • the photosensitive resin preferably has a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with at least one of actinic rays and radiation, and a dissolution rate in the developer that changes due to the action of the acid.
  • the photosensitive resin in the present invention is usually a resin containing a structural unit containing a group that is dissociated by an acid, and may contain another structural unit.
  • the photosensitive resin is a resin whose dissolution rate in the developer (preferably butyl acetate) is changed by the action of an acid, and this change is more preferably a decrease in the dissolution rate.
  • the dissolution rate of the photosensitive resin in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less is more preferably 40 nm / second or more.
  • the dissolution rate in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less is more preferably less than 1 nm / second.
  • the photosensitive resin is also soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter value) of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less, and has a tetrahydrofuranyl group in the structural unit represented by the formula (1).
  • a resin that is hardly soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less when decomposed or dissociated is preferable.
  • “sp value (solubility parameter value) is 18.0 (MPa) soluble in an organic solvent of 1/2” or less means that a solution of a compound (resin) is applied on a substrate, and then at 100 ° C. for 1 minute.
  • the dissolution rate of the coating film (thickness 1 ⁇ m) of the compound (resin) formed by heating with respect to the developer at 23 ° C. is 20 nm / second or more, and the “sp value is 18.0 (MPa ) “Slightly soluble in 1/2 or less organic solvent” means that a compound (resin) coating film (thickness) is formed by applying a compound (resin) solution on a substrate and heating at 100 ° C. for 1 minute. 1 ⁇ m) at 23 ° C. is less than 10 nm / second.
  • the photosensitive resin is preferably an acrylic polymer.
  • “Acrylic polymer” is an addition polymerization type resin, which is a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid or an ester thereof, and other than a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid or an ester thereof. These structural units may include, for example, structural units derived from styrenes, structural units derived from vinyl compounds, and the like.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably contains 50 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its ester, based on the total structural units in the polymer. Particularly preferred is a polymer consisting only of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its ester.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably includes a cyclic ether ester structure, and more preferably includes a structural unit represented by the following formula (1).
  • R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3)
  • L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group
  • R 1 R 7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 8 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, and is preferably a carbonyl group.
  • R 1 to R 7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R 1 to R 7 has the same meaning as R 8 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same. Further, among the R 1 ⁇ R 7, preferably more than one is a hydrogen atom, it is more preferable that all of R 1 ⁇ R 7 are hydrogen atoms.
  • (1-1) and (1-2) are particularly preferable.
  • the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (1) a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method may be used. For example, it can be synthesized by reacting (meth) acrylic acid with a dihydrofuran compound in the presence of an acid catalyst. Alternatively, it can be formed by reacting a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group with a dihydrofuran compound after polymerization with a precursor monomer.
  • the acrylic polymer contains a structural unit containing a protected carboxyl group or a protected phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • carboxylic acid monomer capable of forming this structural unit those capable of forming a structural unit by protecting the carboxyl group can be used, and examples thereof include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • the structural unit derived from the carboxylic acid by which these carboxyl groups were protected can be mentioned as a preferable thing.
  • Preferred examples of the monomer containing a phenolic hydroxyl group include hydroxystyrenes such as p-hydroxystyrene and ⁇ -methyl-p-hydroxystyrene. Among these, ⁇ -methyl-p-hydroxystyrene is more preferable.
  • Examples of the structural unit containing a protected carboxyl group or a protected phenolic hydroxyl group include structural units of the following formula (2).
  • A represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and 2 To 6 are more preferred, and 2 to 3 are more preferred), an aryloxyalkyl group (preferably having a total carbon number of 7 to 40, more preferably 7 to 30 and even more preferably 7 to 20), an alkoxycarbonyl group (having 2 carbon atoms).
  • A may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent T are given as the substituent.
  • R 10 represents a substituent, and examples of the substituent T are given.
  • R 9 represents a group having the same meaning as R 8 in Formula (1).
  • nx represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the proportion of the structural unit (1) or the structural unit (2) is preferably 5 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, further preferably 10 to 60 mol%.
  • the acrylic polymer may contain only one type of the structural unit (1) or the structural unit (2), or may contain two or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the acrylic polymer may contain a structural unit containing a crosslinkable group. Details of the crosslinkable group can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0032 to 0046 of JP2011-209692A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the photosensitive resin contains the structural unit (structural unit (3)) containing a crosslinkable group
  • the photosensitive layer can be more effectively removed after patterning.
  • substantially free means, for example, 3 mol% or less, preferably 1 mol% or less of all structural units of the photosensitive resin.
  • the photosensitive resin may contain other structural units (structural unit (4)).
  • structural unit (4) examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (4) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0021 to 0024 of JP-A No. 2004-264623.
  • structural unit (4) a structural unit derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester, an alicyclic structure-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester, styrene, and an N-substituted maleimide. Is mentioned.
  • hydrophobic monomers are preferred.
  • the structural unit (4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the monomer unit forming the structural unit (4) in the case where the structural unit (4) is included in all monomer units constituting the acrylic polymer is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, and 5 to 50 mol%. Is more preferable, and 5 to 40 mol% is more preferable. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • radical polymerizable monomers used to form at least the structural unit (1), the structural unit (2), etc. can be synthesized by polymerizing a radically polymerizable monomer mixture containing a radical polymerization initiator in an organic solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin 2,3-dihydrofuran was added to the acid anhydride group in the precursor copolymer obtained by copolymerizing unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid anhydrides at room temperature (25 in the absence of an acid catalyst).
  • a copolymer obtained by addition at a temperature of about 100 ° C. to 100 ° C. is also preferable.
  • the following resins are also preferable examples of the photosensitive resin.
  • BzMA / THFMA / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20-60: 35-65: 5-30)
  • BzMA / THFAA / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20 to 60:35 to 65: 5 to 30)
  • BzMA / THPMA / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20-60: 35-65: 5-30)
  • BzMA / PEES / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20-60: 35-65: 5-30)
  • BzMA is benzyl methacrylate
  • THFMA is tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate
  • BuMA is butyl methacrylate
  • THFAA is tetrahydrofuran-2-yl acrylate
  • THPMA is tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2.
  • PEES is p-ethoxyethoxystyrene.
  • Examples of the photosensitive resin used in the positive development are those described in JP2013-011678A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the photosensitive resin in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 20 to 99% by mass and more preferably 40 to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 70 to 99% by mass is more preferable. When the content is within this range, the pattern formability upon development is good.
  • the photosensitive resin may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the acid-reactive resin preferably accounts for 10% by mass or more of the resin component contained in the photosensitive resin composition, more preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more, and more preferably accounts for 90% by mass or more. .
  • the photosensitive resin composition may contain a photoacid generator.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that decomposes by 80 mol% or more when exposed to 100 mJ / cm 2 or more at a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the decomposition rate of the photoacid generator is calculated from the following formula.
  • Decomposition rate (%) decomposition amount (mol) / charge amount (mol) ⁇ 100
  • the photoacid generator is preferably one that decomposes by 85 mol% or more when exposed to 100 to 250 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter also simply referred to as an oxime sulfonate compound).
  • the oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group. However, the following formula (OS-1), formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104), or formula (OS- It is preferable that it is an oxime sulfonate compound represented by 105).
  • X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxyl group, or a halogen atom. When a plurality of X 3 are present, they may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group and alkoxyl group in X 3 may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group in X 3 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxyl group in X 3 is preferably a linear or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the halogen atom in X 3 is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
  • m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, the plurality of X 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • m3 is 3
  • X 3 is a methyl group
  • the substitution position of X 3 is an ortho position
  • R 34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2
  • a compound which is an -oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferable.
  • oxime sulfonate compound represented by the formula (OS-1) are described in paragraph numbers 0064 to 0068 of JP2011-209692A and paragraph numbers 0158 to 0167 of JP2015-194664A. The following compounds are exemplified and their contents are incorporated herein.
  • R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • R s2 which may be present in plural, independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom
  • R s6 that may exist in plural
  • Xs represents O or S
  • ns represents 1 or 2
  • ms represents 0 to 6 Represents an integer.
  • the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s1 has a substituent T. It may be.
  • R s2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R s2 s that may be present in two or more in the compound, one or two are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, more preferably one is an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom. It is particularly preferred that one is an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
  • the alkyl group or aryl group represented by R s2 may have a substituent T.
  • Xs represents O or S, and is preferably O. In the above formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • ns represents 1 or 2, and when Xs is O, ns is preferably 1, and when Xs is S, ns is preferably 2.
  • the alkyl group represented by R s6 (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and the alkyloxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) may have a substituent.
  • ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), (OS-110) or (OS-111).
  • the compound represented by OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is represented by the following formula (OS-108). ) Or (OS-109) is particularly preferable.
  • R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom
  • R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl A group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group
  • R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group
  • R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms,
  • a halogen atom or a phenyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the oxime steric structure (E, Z) may be either one or a mixture.
  • Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105) include paragraph numbers 0088 to 0095 in JP2011-209692A and paragraph numbers in JP2015-194673A.
  • the compounds described in 0168 to 0194 are exemplified, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group include compounds represented by the following formulas (OS-101) and (OS-102).
  • R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an embodiment in which R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group is more preferable.
  • R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Xu is, -O -, - S -, - NH -, - NR u5 -, - CH 2 -, - CR u6 H- or -CR u6 R u7 - represents, in each of R u5 ⁇ R u7 independently, Represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R u1 to R u4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxyl group, amino group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, amide group, sulfo group, cyano group or aryl. Represents a group. 2 in turn, each may be bonded to each other to form a ring of the R u1 ⁇ R u4. At this time, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring together with the benzene ring.
  • R u1 to R u4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and an embodiment in which at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferred. In particular, an embodiment in which R u1 to R u4 are all hydrogen atoms is preferable. Any of the above-described substituents may further have a substituent.
  • the compound represented by the formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102).
  • the steric structure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be either one or a mixture.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0102 to 0106 of JP2011-209692A and paragraph numbers 0195 to 0207 of JP2015-194664A. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • b-9, b-16, b-31 and b-33 are preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available products include WPAG-336 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), WPAG-443 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like. it can.
  • the photoacid generator sensitive to actinic rays those which do not contain a 1,2-quinonediazide compound are preferred.
  • the 1,2-quinonediazide compound generates a carboxyl group by a sequential photochemical reaction, but its quantum yield is 1 or less and is less sensitive than the oxime sulfonate compound.
  • the oxime sulfonate compound acts as a catalyst for the deprotection of an acid group protected in response to an actinic ray, so that a large number of acids generated by the action of one photon are present.
  • the oxime sulfonate compound has a broad ⁇ -conjugated system, it has absorption up to the long wavelength side, and not only deep ultraviolet rays (DUV), ArF rays, KrF rays, i rays, It shows very high sensitivity even in the g-line.
  • DUV deep ultraviolet rays
  • an acid-decomposability equivalent to or higher than that of an acetal or ketal can be obtained.
  • an acid-decomposable group can be consumed reliably in a shorter post-bake.
  • the oxime sulfonate compound that is a photoacid generator in combination, the sulfonic acid generation rate is increased, so that the generation of acid is accelerated and the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group of the resin is accelerated.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 18% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is further preferable to use 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 3% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5 to 1.2% by mass.
  • a photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may also contain other components.
  • Organic solvent preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • the photoacid generator and optional components of various additives are preferably prepared as a solution dissolved in an organic solvent.
  • known organic solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether.
  • Propylene glycol dialkyl ethers Propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate , Esters, ketones, amides, lactones and the like.
  • organic solvent examples include (1) ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether; (2) ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl Ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as ether and ethylene glycol dipropyl ether; (3) ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate Acetates; (4) propylene glycol Propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether; (5) Propylene glycol dialkyl
  • these organic solvents may further contain benzyl ethyl ether, dihexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, isophorone, caproic acid, caprylic acid, 1-octanol, 1-octanol, if necessary.
  • Organic solvents such as nonanol, benzyl alcohol, anisole, benzyl acetate, ethyl benzoate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, ethylene carbonate, and propylene carbonate can also be added.
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains an organic solvent
  • the content of the organic solvent is preferably 1 to 3,000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin, and is 5 to 2,000 parts by mass. More preferred is 10 to 1,500 parts by mass.
  • These organic solvents can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a basic compound, and preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of coatability.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a basic compound.
  • the basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples thereof include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, and quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids. Examples of aliphatic amines include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and dicyclohexylamine. , Dicyclohexylmethylamine and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic amine include aniline, benzylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine and the like.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic amine include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, nicotine, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, pyrazine, Pyrazole, pyridazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, cyclohexylmorpholinoethylthiourea, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3
  • Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
  • Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of carboxylic acid include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate and the like.
  • the content of the basic compound is preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass, and 0.002 to 0 parts per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin. More preferably, it is 5 parts by mass.
  • the basic compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more, preferably in combination of two or more, more preferably in combination of two, heterocyclic amine More preferably, two of these are used in combination. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant any of anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric surfactants can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, fluorine-based and silicone surfactants. . More preferably, the surfactant includes a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant.
  • fluorosurfactants or silicone surfactants for example, JP-A-62-036663, JP-A-61-226746, JP-A-61-226745, JP-A-62-170950 are disclosed.
  • An activator can be mentioned and a commercially available surfactant can also be used.
  • Examples of commercially available surfactants that can be used include EFTOP EF301, EF303 (above, Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430, 431 (above, made by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), MegaFuck F171, F173, F176. , F189, R08 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF-6320, etc.
  • Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicone surfactant.
  • a surfactant it contains a structural unit A and a structural unit B represented by the following formula (41), and is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
  • a preferred example is a copolymer having (Mw) of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less.
  • R 41 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 42 represents a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 44 represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • L 4 represents an alkyl group
  • L 4 represents an alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms
  • p4 and q4 is the mass percentage representing the polymerization ratio
  • p4 represents the following numbers 80 wt% to 10 wt%
  • q4 represents a numerical value of 20% by mass to 90% by mass
  • r4 represents an integer of 1 to 18
  • n4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • L 4 is preferably a branched alkylene group represented by the following formula (42).
  • R 45 in the formula (42) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of wettability with respect to the coated surface, and an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the copolymer is more preferably 1,500 or more and 5,000 or less.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin. More preferably, the content is 0.01 to 1 part by mass.
  • Surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may be combined with a water-soluble resin composition containing a water-soluble resin as a kit.
  • the water-soluble resin layer and the photosensitive layer are preferably formed on the surface of a member such as an organic semiconductor layer in this order. Furthermore, it is preferably used as a kit for processing an organic semiconductor layer.
  • Patterning methods that can be suitably employed in the present invention include the following forms.
  • processing (patterning) of the organic semiconductor layer will be described as an example, but it can also be used for patterning of layers other than the organic semiconductor layer.
  • the patterning method of the organic semiconductor layer of this embodiment is (1) forming a water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer; (2) forming a photosensitive layer on the side of the water-soluble resin layer opposite to the organic semiconductor layer; (3) a step of exposing the photosensitive layer; (4) a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent to produce a mask pattern; (5) a step of removing at least the non-masked water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer by dry etching treatment; (6) A step of dissolving and removing the water-soluble resin layer with water, including.
  • the patterning method of the organic semiconductor layer of this embodiment includes a step of forming a water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer. Usually, this process is performed after forming an organic semiconductor layer on a substrate. In this case, the water-soluble resin layer is formed on the surface opposite to the surface of the organic semiconductor on the substrate side.
  • the water-soluble resin layer is usually provided on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer, but other layers may be provided without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Specific examples include a water-soluble undercoat layer. Further, only one water-soluble resin layer may be provided, or two or more layers may be provided. As described above, the water-soluble resin layer is preferably formed using a water-soluble resin composition.
  • a photosensitive layer is formed using a photosensitive resin composition on the opposite side (preferably on the surface) of the water-soluble resin layer to the surface on the organic semiconductor layer side.
  • the photosensitive layer is preferably formed using a photosensitive resin composition, and more preferably formed using a chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition containing a photosensitive resin and a photoacid generator.
  • the chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition contains a photoacid generator. When exposed to light, an acid is generated, and the photosensitive resin contained in the resist reacts to allow patterning and functions as a photosensitive layer.
  • the solid content concentration of the photosensitive resin composition is usually 1.0 to 40% by mass, preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 16 to 28% by mass. By setting the solid content concentration in the above range, the photosensitive resin composition can be uniformly applied on the water-soluble resin layer, and further, a resist pattern including a high resolution and a rectangular profile can be formed. It becomes possible.
  • the solid content concentration is a percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the organic solvent with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • Step of exposing photosensitive layer >> After forming the photosensitive layer in the step (2), the photosensitive layer is exposed. Specifically, the photosensitive layer is irradiated with actinic rays through a mask including a predetermined pattern. Exposure may be performed only once or multiple times. Specifically, actinic rays are irradiated so that it may become a predetermined pattern to the board
  • an actinic ray having a wavelength of preferably 180 nm or more and 450 nm or less, more preferably 365 nm (i line), 248 nm (KrF line) or 193 nm (ArF line) can be used.
  • a post-exposure heating step PEB
  • a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a laser generator, a light emitting diode (LED) light source, or the like can be used.
  • actinic rays having wavelengths such as g-line (436 nm), i-line (365 nm), and h-line (405 nm) can be preferably used. In the present invention, it is preferable to use i-line because the effect is suitably exhibited.
  • wavelengths of 343 nm and 355 nm are preferably used for a solid (YAG) laser, and 193 nm (ArF line), 248 nm (KrF line), and 351 nm (Xe line) are preferably used for an excimer laser. Further, 375 nm and 405 nm are preferably used in the semiconductor laser.
  • the laser can be applied to the photosensitive layer in one or more times.
  • the exposure amount is preferably 40 to 120 mJ, and more preferably 60 to 100 mJ.
  • the energy density per pulse of the laser is preferably 0.1 mJ / cm 2 or more and 10,000 mJ / cm 2 or less.
  • 0.3 mJ / cm 2 or more is more preferable, and 0.5 mJ / cm 2 or more is more preferable.
  • more preferably 1,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, 100 mJ / cm 2 or less is more preferred.
  • the pulse width is preferably 0.1 nanosecond (hereinafter referred to as “nsec”) or more and 30,000 nsec or less.
  • nsec nanosecond
  • 0.5 nsec or more is more preferable, and 1 nsec or more is more preferable.
  • 1,000 nsec or less is more preferable, and 50 nsec or less is further preferable.
  • the frequency of the laser is preferably 1 Hz or more and 50,000 Hz or less, and more preferably 10 Hz or more and 1,000 Hz or less.
  • the frequency of the laser is more preferably 10 Hz or more, further preferably 100 Hz or more, and in order to improve the alignment accuracy during the scan exposure, it is more preferably 10,000 Hz or less. More preferably, it is not more than 1,000 Hz.
  • the laser is preferable in that it can be easily focused as compared with a mercury lamp, and a mask for forming a pattern in the exposure process is unnecessary and the cost can be reduced.
  • the exposure apparatus There are no particular restrictions on the exposure apparatus, but commercially available devices include Callisto (buoy technology), AEGIS (buoy technology), DF2200G (Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.). Etc.) can be used. Further, devices other than those described above are also preferably used. If necessary, the amount of irradiation light can be adjusted through a spectral filter such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, or a band pass filter.
  • a spectral filter such as a long wavelength cut filter, a
  • Step (3) the photosensitive layer is exposed through a mask, and then developed using a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an organic developer). Development is preferably a negative type. Sp value of the solvent contained in the developer is preferably less than 19 MPa 1/2, and more preferably 18 MPa 1/2 or less.
  • organic solvent contained in the developer polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, amide solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
  • Examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, Examples include methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and the like. Can be used.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, you may mix and use with organic solvents other than the above.
  • the water content of the whole developer is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
  • substantially as used herein means, for example, that the water content of the entire developing solution is 3% by mass or less, and more preferably the measurement limit or less.
  • the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer preferably contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, and amide solvents.
  • the organic developer may contain an appropriate amount of a basic compound as required. Examples of the basic compound include those described in the above basic compound section.
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and further preferably 2 kPa or less at 23 ° C.
  • the solvent having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone and diisobutyl.
  • Ketone solvents such as ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylisobutylketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, Ester solvents such as butyl acid, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, amide solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, toluene, xy
  • the solvent having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, Ketone solvents such as methylcyclohexanone and phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, Ester solvents such as 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, N-methyl-2- Pyrrolidone,
  • an appropriate amount of one or more surfactants can be added to the developer as required. Although it does not specifically limit as surfactant, for example, surfactant described in the item of said water-soluble resin composition is used preferably.
  • the blending amount is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0, based on the total amount of the developer. 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
  • a development method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is , Preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and even more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • the discharge pressure 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • the details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure in the above range, the pressure applied to the photosensitive layer by the developer is reduced, and the resist pattern on the photosensitive layer is inadvertently scraped or broken. This is considered to be suppressed.
  • the developer discharge pressure (mL / second / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • Step of removing at least the non-masked water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer by dry etching treatment At least the water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer in the non-mask portion are removed by an etching process.
  • a non-mask part represents the location which is not exposed with the mask at the time of exposing a photosensitive layer and producing a mask pattern.
  • the dry etching at least the water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer are dry etched using the resist pattern as an etching mask.
  • Representative examples of dry etching include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos.
  • the dry etching is preferably performed in the following manner from the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangle and reducing damage to the organic semiconductor layer.
  • the second stage etching in which etching is performed to the vicinity of the region (depth) after the organic semiconductor layer is exposed, using a mixed gas of (N 2 ) and oxygen gas (O 2 ), and the organic semiconductor layer is exposed
  • a mode including over-etching performed later is preferable.
  • Dry etching is performed by obtaining etching conditions in advance by the following method.
  • the etching rate (nm / min) in the first stage etching and the etching rate (nm / min) in the second stage etching are calculated.
  • the time for etching the desired thickness in the first stage etching and the time for etching the desired thickness in the second stage etching are respectively calculated.
  • the first stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above.
  • the second stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above.
  • the etching time may be determined by endpoint detection, and the second stage etching may be performed according to the determined etching time.
  • Overetching time is calculated with respect to the total time of (3) and (4) above, and overetching is performed.
  • the mixed gas used in the first stage etching step preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and an oxygen gas (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material that is the film to be etched into a rectangular shape.
  • the organic semiconductor layer can be prevented from being damaged by etching the region where the organic semiconductor layer is not exposed.
  • the second-stage etching process and the over-etching process may be performed by performing etching to a region where the organic semiconductor layer is not exposed by a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas in the first-stage etching process. From the viewpoint of avoiding damage, it is preferable to perform the etching process using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.
  • the ratio between the etching amount in the first stage etching process and the etching amount in the second stage etching process is preferably in the range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. 10 to 20% is more preferable.
  • the etching amount is an amount calculated from the difference between the remaining film thickness to be etched and the film thickness before etching.
  • Etching preferably includes an over-etching process. The overetching process is preferably performed by setting an overetching ratio.
  • the over-etching ratio can be arbitrarily set, but it is preferably 30% or less of the etching processing time in the etching process, and preferably 5 to 25% from the viewpoint of etching resistance of the photoresist and maintaining the rectangularity of the pattern to be etched. Is more preferable, and 10 to 15% is particularly preferable.
  • Step of dissolving and removing the water-soluble resin layer with water, etc. After the etching, the water-soluble resin layer is removed using a solvent (usually water).
  • a solvent usually water
  • the method for removing the water-soluble resin layer with water include a method for removing the water-soluble resin layer by spraying cleaning water onto the resist pattern from a spray type or shower type spray nozzle.
  • the washing water pure water can be preferably used.
  • the injection nozzle include an injection nozzle in which the entire substrate is included in the injection range, and an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and in which the movable range includes the entire substrate.
  • Another embodiment is an embodiment in which after the water-soluble resin layer is mechanically peeled off, the residue of the water-soluble resin layer remaining on the organic semiconductor is dissolved and removed.
  • the spray nozzle is movable, the resist pattern is more effectively removed by spraying the cleaning water by moving from the center of the substrate to the end of the substrate at least twice during the process of removing the water-soluble resin layer. be able to. It is also preferable to perform a process such as drying after removing water.
  • the drying temperature is preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
  • the laminated body of this invention can be used for manufacture of the electronic device using an organic semiconductor.
  • the electronic device is a device that contains a semiconductor and has two or more electrodes, and a current flowing between the electrodes and a generated voltage are controlled by electricity, light, magnetism, a chemical substance, or the like, or It is a device that generates light, electric field, magnetic field, etc. by applied voltage or current.
  • Examples include organic photoelectric conversion elements, organic field effect transistors, organic electroluminescent elements, gas sensors, organic rectifying elements, organic inverters, information recording elements, and the like.
  • the organic photoelectric conversion element can be used for both optical sensor applications and energy conversion applications (solar cells).
  • organic field effect transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements, and organic electroluminescence elements are preferable as applications, more preferably organic field effect transistors and organic photoelectric conversion elements, and particularly preferably organic field effect transistors. .
  • Water-soluble resin composition The water-soluble resin shown in Table 1 (below), surfactant, and preservative are blended in the proportions (parts by mass) shown in Table 1, and the water-soluble resin is blended so that the solid content concentration is 15% by mass, Each component was mixed to make a uniform 2 L solution, and then filtered using a 3M ZetaPlusEC8PI-150GN depth filter (equivalent to 0.8 ⁇ m) to prepare a water-soluble resin composition.
  • Acetylenol E00 Kawaken Finechem
  • Acetylenol E13T manufactured by Kawaken Finechem Co. (m + n is 4)
  • Acetylenol E60 manufactured by Kawaken Finechem Co. (m + n is 6)
  • MegaFuck F-556 DIC, fluorine group / hydrophilic group / lipophilic group-containing oligomer, nonionic surfactant
  • Photosensitive resin composition Each photosensitive resin was synthesized as follows. ⁇ Synthesis Example Synthesis of Photosensitive Resin A-1 >> PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) (32.62 g) was placed in a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen introduction tube and a cooling tube, and the temperature was raised to 86 ° C. Here, BzMA (16.65 g), THFMA (21.08 g), t-BuMA (5.76 g), and V-601 (0.4663 g) dissolved in PGMEA (32.62 g) were taken over 2 hours. And dripped. Thereafter, the reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours to complete the reaction.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the white powder produced by reprecipitation of the reaction solution in heptane was collected by filtration to obtain acid-reactive resin A-2.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 45,000.
  • the amount of the component having Mw of 1,000 or less was 3% by mass.
  • Photosensitive resin A-1 25.091 parts by mass Acid generator B-1 0.255 parts by mass Base generator C-1 0.077 parts by mass Surfactant D-1 0.077 parts by mass Solvent E-1 74. 500 parts by mass
  • Surfactant D-1 OMNOVA, part number PF6320
  • Solvent E-1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • An organic semiconductor coating solution (composition for forming an organic semiconductor) having the following composition is spin-coated on a glass substrate of a disk-shaped glass substrate having a diameter of 8 inches (1 inch is 2.54 cm), and 10 at 130 ° C. An organic semiconductor layer was formed by partial drying. The film thickness was 150 nm.
  • a photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer thus formed, and dried (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a photosensitive layer.
  • the film thickness was 2 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ Dissolution rate> A water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 ⁇ m.
  • the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer in water was calculated from the time during which the coating film having a thickness of 2 ⁇ m was dissolved using a quartz crystal microbalance (QCM) method. The measurement was performed 3 times for each sample, and the arithmetic average value was adopted.
  • QCM quartz crystal microbalance
  • the surface tension was measured at 23 ° C. using a surface tension meter SURFACE TENS-IOMETER CBVP-A3 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. using a glass plate. The unit is mN / m.
  • ⁇ UL surface tension
  • measurement was carried out as a 0.1% by mass dilution using ultrapure water as the solvent. The measurement was performed 3 times for each sample, and the arithmetic average value was adopted.
  • a water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 ⁇ m. The wet-spreading of the water-soluble resin layer, coating unevenness, and coating defects were visually observed during spin coating onto the organic semiconductor layer.
  • A Wetting spread was good and no coating unevenness or coating defect was observed.
  • B One of an area where wet spreading was insufficient, coating unevenness in a wet spreading part, and coating defect in a wet spreading part was present.
  • C There were two or more of the areas where the wet spread was insufficient, the coating unevenness in the wet spread area, and the coating defect in the wet spread area.
  • a water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 ⁇ m.
  • a photosensitive resin composition resist
  • i-line parallel exposure machine i-line was irradiated through a predetermined mask so as to be 200 mJ / cm 2 and exposed to an exposure amount of 80 mJ. Thereafter, post-baking (PEB) was performed at 80 ° C.
  • a surfactant containing an acetylene group is included in the water-soluble resin layer, the water-soluble resin layer has a water dissolution rate of 0.1 to 3.0 ⁇ m / second, and a contact angle of 69 ° or less.
  • the laminate of the example it was found that a good coated surface shape of the water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer can be obtained.
  • the laminate using the water-soluble resin layer having a contact angle exceeding 69 ° (Comparative Examples 1 to 5)
  • particularly good coated surface condition (Evaluation of A) was obtained when acetylenol E00 and E13T (both trade names) were used as surfactants containing an acetylene group. It was.

Abstract

The present invention provides a multilayer body which has a member and a water-soluble resin layer that is on the surface of the member, and which is configured such that: the water-soluble resin layer is dissolved at a rate of 0.1-3.0 μm/second if immersed in water at 25°C; the water-soluble resin layer is formed from a water-soluble resin composition that contains a water-soluble resin and a surfactant that contains an acetylene group; and the water-soluble resin composition has a static contact angle of 69° or less with respect to the member. The present invention also provides a water-soluble resin composition and a kit.

Description

積層体、水溶性樹脂組成物、キットLaminate, water-soluble resin composition, kit
 本発明は、積層体、水溶性樹脂組成物、キットに関する。 The present invention relates to a laminate, a water-soluble resin composition, and a kit.
 近年、有機半導体を用いた半導体デバイスが広く用いられている。有機半導体は、従来のシリコンなどの無機半導体を用いたデバイスと比べて簡単なプロセスにより製造できるというメリットがある。さらに、分子構造を変化させることで容易に材料特性を変化させることが可能である。また、材料のバリエーションが豊富であり、無機半導体では成し得なかったような機能や素子を実現することが可能になると考えられている。有機半導体は、例えば、有機太陽電池、有機エレクトロルミネッセンスディスプレイ、有機光ディテクター、有機電界効果トランジスタ、有機電界発光素子、ガスセンサ、有機整流素子、有機インバータ、情報記録素子等の電子機器に適用される可能性がある。 In recent years, semiconductor devices using organic semiconductors have been widely used. An organic semiconductor has an advantage that it can be manufactured by a simple process as compared with a conventional device using an inorganic semiconductor such as silicon. Furthermore, it is possible to easily change the material properties by changing the molecular structure. In addition, there are a wide variety of materials, and it is thought that functions and elements that could not be achieved with inorganic semiconductors can be realized. Organic semiconductors can be applied to electronic devices such as organic solar cells, organic electroluminescence displays, organic photodetectors, organic field effect transistors, organic electroluminescent elements, gas sensors, organic rectifying elements, organic inverters, information recording elements, etc. There is sex.
 有機半導体のパターニングは、これまで印刷技術により行われてきた。しかし、印刷技術によるパターニングでは微細加工に限界がある。また、有機半導体はパターニングに用いられる薬液等によるダメージを受けやすいという問題もある。 The patterning of organic semiconductors has been performed by printing techniques so far. However, patterning by printing technology has a limit in fine processing. Another problem is that organic semiconductors are easily damaged by chemicals used for patterning.
 そこで、水溶性樹脂を保護膜として用いた半導体のパターニング方法が検討されている。例えば、特許文献1は、特定構造を含む親水性ポリマー(I)および親水性組成物の全固形分に対して10%を超える量の抗菌または防カビ作用を有する添加剤を含む親水性組成物を使用することを提案している。これにより、高い親水性を有し、耐久性に優れ、防カビ効果が高い親水性組成物および親水性部材を提供することができると記載されている。また、特許文献2には、有機半導体膜と、有機半導体膜上の保護膜と、保護膜上のレジスト膜を有し、レジスト膜が、発生酸のpKaが-1以下の有機酸を発生する光酸発生剤(A)と、光酸発生剤から生じる酸に反応して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解速度が減少する樹脂(B)を含む感光性樹脂組成物からなる積層体を開示している。これにより、有機半導体上に良好なパターンを形成することができると記載されている。 Therefore, a semiconductor patterning method using a water-soluble resin as a protective film has been studied. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a hydrophilic composition containing a hydrophilic polymer (I) having a specific structure and an additive having an antibacterial or antifungal action in an amount exceeding 10% based on the total solid content of the hydrophilic composition. Have proposed to use. Accordingly, it is described that a hydrophilic composition and a hydrophilic member having high hydrophilicity, excellent durability, and high antifungal effect can be provided. Patent Document 2 includes an organic semiconductor film, a protective film on the organic semiconductor film, and a resist film on the protective film, and the resist film generates an organic acid having a pKa of generated acid of −1 or less. Disclosed is a laminate comprising a photoacid generator (A) and a photosensitive resin composition comprising a resin (B) that reacts with an acid generated from the photoacid generator to reduce the dissolution rate in a developer containing an organic solvent. ing. Thereby, it is described that a good pattern can be formed on the organic semiconductor.
特開2010-095655号公報JP 2010-095655 A 特開2015-087609号公報Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2015-087609
 有機半導体などの部材の上に水溶性樹脂層を形成した積層体を利用する場合、良好な塗布面状を得るためには、有機半導体層などの部材に対する水溶性樹脂組成物の濡れ性を確保することが望まれる。そのためには、組成物中の固形分がより疎水的であることが望ましい。しかしながら、固形分を疎水的にすると水系溶剤への溶解性が劣ってしまい、水溶性樹脂層を除去する工程で除去しきれず、表面に残渣が残ってしまうことがある。
 本発明は塗布面状の改良と残渣の抑制の両立を目的とするものであり、部材表面に水溶性樹脂層を有する積層体において、水溶性樹脂層の塗布面状が改良された積層体、水溶性樹脂組成物、およびキットの提供を目的とする。
When using a laminate in which a water-soluble resin layer is formed on a member such as an organic semiconductor, the wettability of the water-soluble resin composition to the member such as the organic semiconductor layer is ensured in order to obtain a good coated surface. It is desirable to do. For that purpose, it is desirable that the solid content in the composition is more hydrophobic. However, if the solid content is made hydrophobic, the solubility in an aqueous solvent is inferior, and cannot be completely removed in the step of removing the water-soluble resin layer, and a residue may remain on the surface.
The present invention aims to achieve both improvement of the coated surface and suppression of residue, and in a laminate having a water-soluble resin layer on the surface of the member, a laminate having an improved coated surface of the water-soluble resin layer, An object is to provide a water-soluble resin composition and a kit.
 上記課題のもと、本発明者が検討を行った結果、水溶性樹脂層の溶解速度を特定の範囲とし、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤を用い、さらに、水溶性樹脂層を形成する水溶性樹脂組成物の静止接触角を所定の範囲以下とすることにより、上記課題を解決しうることを見出した。具体的には、下記手段<1>により、好ましくは<2>~<15>により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>部材と上記部材の表面に接する水溶性樹脂層とを有する積層体であって、上記水溶性樹脂層は25℃の水に浸漬した際に0.1~3.0μm/秒の速度で溶解する層であり、上記水溶性樹脂層は、水溶性樹脂とアセチレン基を含む界面活性剤とを含む水溶性樹脂組成物から形成され、上記部材に対する上記水溶性樹脂組成物の静止接触角が69°以下である、積層体。
<2>上記界面活性剤が下記式(9)で表される化合物を含む、<1>に記載の積層体;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、R91およびR92は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数3~15のアルキル基、炭素数6~15の芳香族炭化水素基、または、炭素数4~15の芳香族複素環基を示す。
<3>上記界面活性剤が下記式(91)で表される化合物を含む、<1>に記載の積層体;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 R93~R96は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基であり、n9は1~6の整数であり、m9はn9の2倍の整数であり、n10は1~6の整数であり、m10はn10の2倍の整数であり、l9およびl10は、それぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の数である。
<4>上記界面活性剤が下記式(92)で表される化合物を含む、<1>に記載の積層体;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 R93、R94、R97~R100は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基であり、l11およびl12は、それぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の数である。
<5>上記界面活性剤の23℃における、0.1質量%水溶液の表面張力が45mN/m以下である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
<6>上記水溶性樹脂層の膜厚の膜厚面内均一性が5%以下である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
<7>上記水溶性樹脂層を構成する水溶性樹脂が下記式(P1-1)で表される構成単位および式(P1-2)で表される構成単位の少なくとも1種の構成単位を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(P1-1)および(P1-2)中、RP1は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基であり、npおよびmpは正の整数である。
<8>上記水溶性樹脂層の上に感光層を有する、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
<9>上記感光層を上記水溶性樹脂層表面に有する、<8>に記載の積層体。
<10>上記感光層を露光し、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像することにより、感光層にパターンを形成した、<8>または<9>に記載の積層体。
<11>上記感光層が光酸発生剤と感光性樹脂とを含む、<8>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
<12>上記部材が有機半導体層である、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
<13><1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体が有する水溶性樹脂層を形成するための水溶性樹脂組成物であって、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤と水溶性樹脂と水系溶剤とを含む水溶性樹脂組成物。
<14>上記水溶性樹脂組成物から形成される水溶性樹脂層は25℃の水に浸漬した際に0.1~3.0μm/秒の速度で溶解する、<13>に記載の水溶性樹脂組成物。
<15>部材と水溶性樹脂層と感光層とを上記順に有する積層体を作製するための樹脂組成物のキットであって、<13>または<14>に記載の水溶性樹脂組成物と、感光性樹脂組成物とを含むキット。
Based on the above problems, the present inventors have conducted a study, and as a result, the solubility of the water-soluble resin layer is within a specific range, a surfactant containing an acetylene group is used, and the water-soluble resin layer is further formed. It has been found that the above problem can be solved by setting the static contact angle of the resin composition to be within a predetermined range. Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means <1>, preferably <2> to <15>.
<1> A laminate having a member and a water-soluble resin layer in contact with the surface of the member, wherein the water-soluble resin layer has a speed of 0.1 to 3.0 μm / second when immersed in water at 25 ° C. The water-soluble resin layer is formed from a water-soluble resin composition containing a water-soluble resin and a surfactant containing an acetylene group, and the static contact angle of the water-soluble resin composition with respect to the member Is a laminate having an angle of 69 ° or less.
<2> The laminate according to <1>, wherein the surfactant includes a compound represented by the following formula (9);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In the formula, each of R 91 and R 92 independently represents an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms. .
<3> The laminate according to <1>, wherein the surfactant includes a compound represented by the following formula (91);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
R 93 to R 96 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer twice as large as n9, and n10 is an integer of 1 to 6. M10 is an integer twice as large as n10, and l9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
<4> The laminate according to <1>, wherein the surfactant includes a compound represented by the following formula (92);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
<5> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the surface tension of the 0.1% by mass aqueous solution of the surfactant at 23 ° C. is 45 mN / m or less.
<6> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the in-plane uniformity of the water-soluble resin layer is 5% or less.
<7> The water-soluble resin constituting the water-soluble resin layer includes at least one structural unit of a structural unit represented by the following formula (P1-1) and a structural unit represented by the formula (P1-2) , <1> to <6> the laminate according to any one of the above;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In formulas (P1-1) and (P1-2), R P1 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and np and mp are positive integers.
<8> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <7>, having a photosensitive layer on the water-soluble resin layer.
<9> The laminate according to <8>, having the photosensitive layer on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer.
<10> The laminate according to <8> or <9>, wherein the photosensitive layer is exposed and developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern on the photosensitive layer.
<11> The laminate according to any one of <8> to <10>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains a photoacid generator and a photosensitive resin.
<12> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the member is an organic semiconductor layer.
<13> A water-soluble resin composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer possessed by the laminate according to any one of <1> to <12>, comprising a surfactant containing an acetylene group and a water-soluble resin composition A water-soluble resin composition comprising a resin and an aqueous solvent.
<14> The water-soluble resin layer according to <13>, wherein the water-soluble resin layer formed from the water-soluble resin composition dissolves at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 μm / second when immersed in water at 25 ° C. Resin composition.
<15> A kit of a resin composition for producing a laminate having a member, a water-soluble resin layer, and a photosensitive layer in the above order, and the water-soluble resin composition according to <13> or <14>, A kit comprising a photosensitive resin composition.
 本発明により、部材表面に水溶性樹脂層を有する積層体において、水溶性樹脂層の塗布面状が改善された積層体、水溶性樹脂組成物、およびキットを提供することが可能になった。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a laminate, a water-soluble resin composition, and a kit in which the surface of the water-soluble resin layer is improved in a laminate having a water-soluble resin layer on a member surface.
本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る積層体の加工過程を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the process of the laminated body which concerns on preferable embodiment of this invention. 静止接触角の測定状態を模式的に示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows typically the measurement state of a stationary contact angle.
 以下に記載する本発明における構成要素の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 また、本明細書における「活性光線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線または放射線を意味する。本明細書における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 また、本明細書において、“(メタ)アクリレート”はアクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、“(メタ)アクリル”はアクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、“(メタ)アクリロイル”はアクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程を意味するだけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、その工程は本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量の百分率である。
 本明細書において、「上」「下」と記載したときには、その構造の上側または下側であればよい。すなわち、他の構造を介在していてもよく、接している必要はない。なお、特に断らない限り、感光層側を上とし部材(基板ないし有機半導体層側)を下と称する。
The description of the components in the present invention described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In addition, “active light” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, “exposure” means not only exposure by far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also drawing by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Including.
In this specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In this specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents both and / or acryl and “(meth) acrylic” ) "Acryloyl" represents both and / or acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, the term “process” not only means an independent process, but if the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, the process Is included in this term.
In this specification, solid content concentration is the percentage of the mass of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
In this specification, when “upper” and “lower” are described, they may be above or below the structure. That is, other structures may be interposed and do not need to be in contact with each other. Unless otherwise specified, the photosensitive layer side is referred to as the upper side and the member (substrate or organic semiconductor layer side) is referred to as the lower side.
 本発明の積層体は、部材と上記部材の表面に水溶性樹脂層とを有し、水溶性樹脂層は25℃の水に浸漬した際に0.1~3.0μm/秒の速度で溶解可能な層であり、水溶性樹脂層の形成用組成物は、水溶性樹脂とアセチレン基を含む界面活性剤とを含み、部材に対する水溶性樹脂層の形成用組成物の静止接触角が69°以下であることを特徴とする。
 上記の構成により本発明の課題を解決できたのは以下の理由によるものと推定される。すなわち、通常、有機半導体に代表される疎水性部材に対する濡れ性を確保するには、上記組成物中の固形分が疎水性であることが求められる。しかしながら、組成物中の固形分を疎水性にすると、溶性樹脂層を水性溶剤で溶解除去する際に十分に水溶性樹脂層が溶解しきれず、部材に残渣として残ってしまう。本発明では、界面活性剤として、アセチレン基を有するものを用い、かつ、水溶性樹脂層の溶解速度を調整することにより、水溶性樹脂層の塗布面状の改良と残渣の抑制の両立に成功した。すなわち、溶解速度を0.1μm/秒以上とすることにより、水溶性樹脂層を水性溶剤で溶解除去する際に、水溶性樹脂が界面活性剤を巻き込んで洗い流すことができる。溶解速度を3.0μm/秒以下とすることにより、組成物の親水性を向上させつつ、疎水性成分との間の親和性を保持することができる。結果として、塗布面状と溶解除去性に優れた水溶性樹脂層を有する積層体が得られる。
The laminate of the present invention has a member and a water-soluble resin layer on the surface of the member, and the water-soluble resin layer dissolves at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 μm / second when immersed in water at 25 ° C. The composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer includes a water-soluble resin and a surfactant containing an acetylene group, and the static contact angle of the composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer with respect to a member is 69 °. It is characterized by the following.
It is presumed that the above-described configuration has solved the problems of the present invention for the following reason. That is, normally, in order to ensure wettability to a hydrophobic member typified by an organic semiconductor, the solid content in the composition is required to be hydrophobic. However, if the solid content in the composition is made hydrophobic, when the soluble resin layer is dissolved and removed with an aqueous solvent, the water-soluble resin layer cannot be sufficiently dissolved and remains in the member as a residue. In the present invention, a surfactant having an acetylene group is used, and by adjusting the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer, both the improvement of the coating surface state of the water-soluble resin layer and the suppression of residues have been successfully achieved. did. That is, when the dissolution rate is 0.1 μm / second or more, when the water-soluble resin layer is dissolved and removed with an aqueous solvent, the water-soluble resin can be washed away with the surfactant involved. By setting the dissolution rate to 3.0 μm / second or less, it is possible to maintain the affinity between the hydrophobic component and the hydrophilicity of the composition. As a result, a laminate having a water-soluble resin layer excellent in coating surface shape and dissolution / removability can be obtained.
 図1は、本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る積層体の加工過程を模式的に示す断面図である。本発明の一実施形態においては、図1(a)に示した例のように、基板4の上に有機半導体層3が配設されている。さらに、有機半導体層3を保護する水溶性樹脂層2が接する形でその表面に配設されている。しかしながら、有機半導体層3と水溶性樹脂層2の間には他の層が設けられていてもよい。次いで、この水溶性樹脂層の上に、好ましくは、水溶性樹脂層の表面に感光層1が配置されている。図1(b)に示した例では、感光層1を露光現像した状態を示している。すなわち、所定のマスクで感光層1を露光し、有機溶剤で現像して除去部5の樹脂が除去された、露光現像後の感光層1aが形成されている。このとき、水溶性樹脂層2は有機溶剤に不溶でありそのまま残存し、有機半導体層3を損傷することなく保護している。次いで、ドライエッチング処理により、現像後の感光層(レジスト)1aのない除去部5の部分の水溶性樹脂層2と有機半導体層3を除去する(図1(c))。これにより、エッチング後の除去部5aにおいて有機半導体層3を取り除くパターニングを行うことができる。パターニングの後には、不要となった現像後の感光層1aおよび水溶性樹脂層2を水系の除去液で洗浄する(図1(d))。以上のとおり、本発明の好ましい実施形態によれば、有機半導体層3に所望のパターンを形成し、かつレジストとなる感光層1と保護膜となる水溶性樹脂層2を穏やかかつ的確に除去することができる。これらの工程の詳細は後述する。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a process of processing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, the organic semiconductor layer 3 is disposed on the substrate 4 as in the example shown in FIG. Furthermore, the water-soluble resin layer 2 that protects the organic semiconductor layer 3 is disposed on the surface thereof in contact therewith. However, another layer may be provided between the organic semiconductor layer 3 and the water-soluble resin layer 2. Next, the photosensitive layer 1 is disposed on the water-soluble resin layer, preferably on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer. In the example shown in FIG. 1B, the photosensitive layer 1 is exposed and developed. That is, the photosensitive layer 1a after exposure and development is formed in which the photosensitive layer 1 is exposed with a predetermined mask and developed with an organic solvent to remove the resin in the removal portion 5. At this time, the water-soluble resin layer 2 is insoluble in the organic solvent and remains as it is, and the organic semiconductor layer 3 is protected without being damaged. Next, the water-soluble resin layer 2 and the organic semiconductor layer 3 in the removed portion 5 without the developed photosensitive layer (resist) 1a are removed by dry etching (FIG. 1C). Thereby, the patterning which removes the organic-semiconductor layer 3 in the removal part 5a after an etching can be performed. After the patterning, the developed photosensitive layer 1a and the water-soluble resin layer 2 that are no longer necessary are washed with an aqueous removal solution (FIG. 1D). As described above, according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a desired pattern is formed on the organic semiconductor layer 3, and the photosensitive layer 1 serving as a resist and the water-soluble resin layer 2 serving as a protective film are gently and accurately removed. be able to. Details of these steps will be described later.
<部材>
 本発明で用いる部材は、特に定めるものではなく、公知の部材を広く採用できる。例えば、半導体層を表面に有する層などが例示される。本発明の好ましい実施形態における部材は、基板の上に有機半導体層を有する部材が挙げられる。ただし、本発明がそれに限定して解釈されるものではない。
<Member>
The member used in the present invention is not particularly defined, and widely known members can be employed. For example, a layer having a semiconductor layer on the surface is exemplified. Examples of the member in a preferred embodiment of the present invention include a member having an organic semiconductor layer on a substrate. However, the present invention is not construed as being limited thereto.
<<有機半導体層>>
 有機半導体層は、半導体の特性を示す有機材料を含む層である。有機半導体には、無機材料からなる半導体の場合と同様に、正孔をキャリアとして伝導するp型有機半導体と、電子をキャリアとして伝導するn型有機半導体がある。有機半導体層中のキャリアの流れやすさはキャリア移動度μで表される。用途にもよるが、一般に移動度は高い方がよく、10-7cm/Vs以上であることが好ましく、10-6cm/Vs以上であることがより好ましく、10-5cm/Vs以上であることがさらに好ましい。移動度は電界効果トランジスタ(FET)素子を作製したときの特性や飛行時間計測(TOF)法により求めることができる。
<< Organic semiconductor layer >>
The organic semiconductor layer is a layer containing an organic material exhibiting semiconductor characteristics. As in the case of a semiconductor made of an inorganic material, there are a p-type organic semiconductor that conducts holes as carriers and an n-type organic semiconductor that conducts electrons as carriers. The ease of carrier flow in the organic semiconductor layer is represented by carrier mobility μ. Although it depends on the application, in general, the mobility should be higher, preferably 10 −7 cm 2 / Vs or more, more preferably 10 −6 cm 2 / Vs or more, more preferably 10 −5 cm 2 / Vs. More preferably, it is Vs or higher. The mobility can be obtained by characteristics when a field effect transistor (FET) element is manufactured or by a time-of-flight measurement (TOF) method.
 有機半導体層は、上述のとおり、基板上に製膜して用いることが好ましい。すなわち、有機半導体層の水溶性樹脂層から遠い側の面に基板を含むことが好ましい。基板としては、例えば、シリコン、石英、セラミック、ガラス、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)などのポリエステルフィルム、ポリイミドフィルムなどの種々の材料を挙げることができ、用途に応じていかなる基板を選択してもよい。例えば、フレキシブルな素子に用いる場合にはフレキシブル基板を用いることができる。また、基板の厚さは特に限定されない。 The organic semiconductor layer is preferably formed on a substrate as described above. That is, it is preferable that the substrate is included on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer far from the water-soluble resin layer. Examples of the substrate include various materials such as silicon, quartz, ceramic, glass, polyester film such as polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) and polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polyimide film. May be selected. For example, when used for a flexible element, a flexible substrate can be used. Further, the thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited.
 有機半導体層に使用し得るp型半導体材料としては、ホール(正孔)輸送性を示す材料であれば有機半導体材料のうちいかなる材料を用いてもよいが、好ましくはp型π共役高分子(例えば、置換または無置換のポリチオフェン(例えば、ポリ(3-ヘキシルチオフェン)(P3HT、シグマ アルドリッチ ジャパン合同会社製)など)、ポリセレノフェン、ポリピロール、ポリパラフェニレン、ポリパラフェニレンビニレン、ポリチオフェンビニレン、ポリアニリンなど)、縮合多環化合物(例えば、置換または無置換のアントラセン、テトラセン、ペンタセン、アントラジチオフェン、ヘキサベンゾコロネンなど)、トリアリールアミン化合物(例えば、m-MTDATA(4,4’,4’’-Tris[(3- methylphenyl)phenylamino] triphenylamine)、2-TNATA(4,4’,4’’-Tris[2-naphthyl(phenyl) amino] triphenylamine)、NPD(N,N’-Di[(1-naphthyl)-N,N’-diphenyl]-1,1’-biphenyl)-4,4’- diamine)、TPD(N,N’-Diphenyl-N,N’-di(m-tolyl)benzidine、mCP(1,3-bis(9-carbazolyl)benzene)、CBP(4,4’-bis(9-carbazolyl)-2,2’-biphenyl)など)、ヘテロ5員環化合物(例えば、置換または無置換のオリゴチオフェン、TTF(Tetrathiafulvalene)など)、フタロシアニン化合物(置換または無置換の各種中心金属のフタロシアニン、ナフタロシアニン、アントラシアニン、テトラピラジノポルフィラジン)、ポルフィリン化合物(置換または無置換の各種中心金属のポルフィリン)、カーボンナノチューブ、半導体ポリマーを修飾したカーボンナノチューブ、グラフェンのいずれかであり、より好ましくはp型π共役高分子、縮合多環化合物、トリアリールアミン化合物、ヘテロ5員環化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ポルフィリン化合物のいずれかであり、さらに好ましくは、p型π共役高分子である。 As a p-type semiconductor material that can be used for the organic semiconductor layer, any material of organic semiconductor materials may be used as long as it exhibits a hole (hole) transport property, but preferably a p-type π-conjugated polymer ( For example, substituted or unsubstituted polythiophene (for example, poly (3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT, Sigma Aldrich Japan GK), etc.), polyselenophene, polypyrrole, polyparaphenylene, polyparaphenylene vinylene, polythiophene vinylene, polyaniline Etc.), condensed polycyclic compounds (eg, substituted or unsubstituted anthracene, tetracene, pentacene, anthradithiophene, hexabenzocoronene, etc.), triarylamine compounds (eg, m-MTDATA (4,4 ′, 4 ″) -Tris [(3-methylph nyl) phenylamino] triphenylamine), 2-TNATA (4,4 ′, 4 ″ -Tris [2-naphthyl (phenyl) amino] triphenylamine), NPD (N, N′-Di [(1-naphthyl) -N, N′-diphenyl] -1,1′-biphenyl) -4,4′-diaminine), TPD (N, N′-Diphenyl-N, N′-di (m-tolyl) benzidine, mCP (1,3- bis (9-carbazolyl) benzene), CBP (4,4′-bis (9-carbazolyl) -2,2′-biphenyl), etc.), hetero 5-membered ring compounds (eg, substituted or unsubstituted oligothiophene, TTF) (Tetrath iafulvalene), etc.), phthalocyanine compounds (substituted or unsubstituted central metal phthalocyanines, naphthalocyanines, anthracocyanines, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine), porphyrin compounds (substituted or unsubstituted various central metal porphyrins), carbon nanotubes, Either a carbon nanotube or graphene modified with a semiconductor polymer, more preferably a p-type π-conjugated polymer, a condensed polycyclic compound, a triarylamine compound, a hetero 5-membered ring compound, a phthalocyanine compound, or a porphyrin compound And more preferably a p-type π-conjugated polymer.
 有機半導体層に使用し得るn型半導体材料としては、電子輸送性を含むものであれば有機半導体材料のうち、いかなるものでもよいが、好ましくはフラーレン化合物、電子欠乏性フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタレンテトラカルボニル化合物、ペリレンテトラカルボニル化合物、TCNQ化合物(テトラシアノキノジメタン化合物)、n型π共役高分子であり、より好ましくはフラーレン化合物、電子欠乏性フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタレンテトラカルボニル化合物、ペリレンテトラカルボニル化合物、n型π共役高分子であり、特に好ましくはフラーレン化合物、n型π共役高分子である。本発明において、フラーレン化合物とは、置換または無置換のフラーレンを指し、フラーレンとしてはC60、C70、C76、C78、C80、C82、C84、C86、C88、C90、C96、C116、C180、C240、C540フラーレンなどのいずれでもよいが、好ましくは置換または無置換のC60、C70、C86フラーレンであり、特に好ましくはPCBM([6,6]-フェニル-C61-酪酸メチルエステル、シグマ アルドリッチ ジャパン合同会社製など)およびその類縁体(C60部分をC70、C86等に置換したもの、置換基のベンゼン環を他の芳香環またはヘテロ環に置換したもの、メチルエステルをn-ブチルエステル、i-ブチルエステル等に置換したもの)である。電子欠乏性フタロシアニン類とは、電子求引基が4つ以上結合した各種中心金属のフタロシアニン(F16MPc、FPc-S8など、ここで、Mは中心金属を、Pcはフタロシアニンを、S8は(n-octylsulfonyl基)を表す)、ナフタロシアニン、アントラシアニン、置換または無置換のテトラピラジノポルフィラジンなどである。ナフタレンテトラカルボニル化合物としてはいかなるものでもよいが、好ましくはナフタレンテトラカルボン酸無水物(NTCDA)、ナフタレンビスイミド化合物(NTCDI)、ペリノン顔料(Pigment Orange 43、Pigment Red 194など)である。ペリレンテトラカルボニル化合物としてはいかなるものでもよいが、好ましくはペリレンテトラカルボン酸無水物(PTCDA)、ペリレンビスイミド化合物(PTCDI)、ベンゾイミダゾール縮環体(PV)である。TCNQ化合物とは、置換または無置換のTCNQおよび、TCNQのベンゼン環部分を別の芳香環やヘテロ環に置き換えたものであり、例えば、TCNQ(テトラシアノキノジメタン)、TCNAQ(テトラシアノアントラキノジメタン)、TCN3T(2,2’-((2E,2’’E)-3’,4’-Alkyl substituted-5H,5’’H- [2,2’:5’,2’’-terthiophene]-5,5’’-diylidene)dimalononitrile derivatives)などである。さらにグラフェンも挙げられる。n型有機半導体材料の特に好ましい例を以下に示す。 The n-type semiconductor material that can be used for the organic semiconductor layer may be any organic semiconductor material as long as it includes an electron transporting property, but is preferably a fullerene compound, an electron-deficient phthalocyanine compound, or a naphthalene tetracarbonyl compound. Perylene tetracarbonyl compound, TCNQ compound (tetracyanoquinodimethane compound), n-type π-conjugated polymer, more preferably fullerene compound, electron-deficient phthalocyanine compound, naphthalene tetracarbonyl compound, perylene tetracarbonyl compound, n-type π-conjugated polymers, particularly preferably fullerene compounds and n-type π-conjugated polymers. In the present invention, the fullerene compound refers to a substituted or unsubstituted fullerene, and the fullerene is C 60 , C 70 , C 76 , C 78 , C 80 , C 82 , C 84 , C 86 , C 88 , C 90. , C 96 , C 116 , C 180 , C 240 , C 540 fullerene and the like may be used, preferably substituted or unsubstituted C 60 , C 70 , C 86 fullerene, and particularly preferably PCBM ([6, 6] -Phenyl-C61-butyric acid methyl ester, Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK, etc.) and analogs thereof (substitute the C 60 moiety with C 70 , C 86, etc., the benzene ring of the substituent being another aromatic ring or Substituted with a heterocyclic ring, and methyl ester substituted with n-butyl ester, i-butyl ester, etc.). Electron-deficient phthalocyanines are phthalocyanines of various central metals (F 16 MPc, FPc-S8, etc., in which four or more electron withdrawing groups are bonded, where M is a central metal, Pc is phthalocyanine, and S8 is ( n-octylsulfonyl group)), naphthalocyanine, anthracocyanine, substituted or unsubstituted tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine and the like. Any naphthalene tetracarbonyl compound may be used, but naphthalene tetracarboxylic anhydride (NTCDA), naphthalene bisimide compound (NTCDI), and perinone pigment (Pigment Orange 43, Pigment Red 194, etc.) are preferable. Any perylene tetracarbonyl compound may be used, but perylene tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (PTCDA), perylene bisimide compound (PTCDI), and benzimidazole condensed ring (PV) are preferable. The TCNQ compound is a substituted or unsubstituted TCNQ and a benzene ring portion of TCNQ replaced with another aromatic ring or a hetero ring. For example, TCNQ (tetracyanoquinodimethane), TCNAQ (tetracyanoanthraquino) Dimethane), TCN3T (2,2 ′-((2E, 2 ″ E) -3 ′, 4′-Alkyl substituted-5H, 5 ″ H- [2,2 ′: 5 ′, 2 ″- tertiophene] -5,5 ″ -diylidene) dimalonitol derivatives)) and the like. In addition, graphene is also included. Particularly preferred examples of the n-type organic semiconductor material are shown below.
 なお、式中のRとしては、いかなるものでも構わないが、水素原子、置換または無置換で分岐または直鎖のアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~18、より好ましくは1~12、さらに好ましくは1~8のもの)、置換または無置換のアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは6~20、さらに好ましくは6~14のもの)のいずれかであることが好ましい。Meはメチル基である。 R in the formula may be any, but is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, branched or straight chain alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 8) and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms). Me is a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 有機半導体層に含まれる半導体の特性を示す有機材料は、1種でもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
The organic material showing the characteristics of the semiconductor contained in the organic semiconductor layer may be one type or two or more types.
 上記材料は、通常、溶剤中に配合し、層状に適用して乾燥し、製膜する。適用方法としては、後述する水溶性樹脂層の記載を参酌できる。
 溶剤としては、例えば、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン、1-メチルナフタレン等の炭化水素系溶剤;例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶剤;例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、テトラクロロメタン、ジクロロエタン、トリクロロエタン、テトラクロロエタン、クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン、クロロトルエン等のハロゲン化炭化水素系溶剤;例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル等のエステル系溶剤;例えば、メタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ペンタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、エチレングリコール等のアルコール系溶剤;例えば、ジブチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、アニソール等のエーテル系溶剤;例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、1-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1-メチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、ジメチルスルフォキサイド等の極性溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの溶剤は1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を用いてもよい。
 有機半導体層を形成する組成物(有機半導体形成用組成物)における有機半導体の割合は、好ましくは0.1~80質量%、より好ましくは0.1~30質量%であり、これにより任意の厚さの膜を形成できる。
The above materials are usually blended in a solvent, applied in layers and dried to form a film. As an application method, description of a water-soluble resin layer described later can be referred to.
Examples of the solvent include hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, octane, decane, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, and 1-methylnaphthalene; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; Halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chloroform, tetrachloromethane, dichloroethane, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and chlorotoluene; for example, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and amyl acetate; for example, methanol, propanol Alcohol solvents such as butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, ethylene glycol; Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane and anisole; for example, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1-methyl-2-imidazolidinone, dimethylsulfoxide Examples include polar solvents such as side. These solvent may use only 1 type and may use 2 or more types.
The ratio of the organic semiconductor in the composition for forming the organic semiconductor layer (composition for forming an organic semiconductor) is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. A film having a thickness can be formed.
 また、有機半導体形成用組成物には、樹脂バインダーを配合してもよい。この場合、膜を形成する材料とバインダー樹脂とを前述の適当な溶剤に溶解させ、または分散させて塗布液とし、各種の塗布法により薄膜を形成することができる。樹脂バインダーとしては、ポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリアリレート、ポリエステル、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、ポリウレタン、ポリシロキサン、ポリスルフォン、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリメチルアクリレート、セルロース、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等の絶縁性ポリマー、およびこれらの共重合体、ポリビニルカルバゾール、ポリシラン等の光伝導性ポリマー、ポリチオフェン、ポリピロール、ポリアニリン、ポリパラフェニレンビニレン等の導電性ポリマーなどを挙げることができる。樹脂バインダーは、単独で使用してもよく、あるいは複数併用しても良い。薄膜の機械的強度を考慮するとガラス転移温度の高い樹脂バインダーが好ましく、電荷移動度を考慮すると極性基を含まない構造の光伝導性ポリマーまたは導電性ポリマーよりなる樹脂バインダーが好ましい。 Moreover, a resin binder may be blended in the composition for forming an organic semiconductor. In this case, the material for forming the film and the binder resin can be dissolved or dispersed in the above-mentioned appropriate solvent to form a coating solution, and the thin film can be formed by various coating methods. Resin binders include polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyester, polyamide, polyimide, polyurethane, polysiloxane, polysulfone, polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, cellulose, polyethylene, polypropylene, and other insulating polymers, and their co-polymers. Examples thereof include photoconductive polymers such as coalescence, polyvinyl carbazole and polysilane, and conductive polymers such as polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyaniline and polyparaphenylene vinylene. The resin binder may be used alone or in combination. In consideration of the mechanical strength of the thin film, a resin binder having a high glass transition temperature is preferable, and in consideration of charge mobility, a resin binder made of a photoconductive polymer or a conductive polymer having a structure containing no polar group is preferable.
 樹脂バインダーを配合する場合、その配合量は、有機半導体層中、好ましくは0.1~30質量%で用いられる。樹脂バインダーは、1種を用いても複数のものを用いてもよい。複数のものを用いる場合はその合計量が上記の範囲となる。
 用途によっては単独および種々の半導体材料や添加剤を添加した混合溶液を基板等の上に塗布し、複数の材料種からなるブレンド膜としてもよい。例えば、光電変換層を作製する場合、別の半導体材料との混合溶液を用いることなどができる。
 また、製膜の際、基板を加熱または冷却してもよく、基板の温度を変化させることで膜質や膜中での分子のパッキングを制御することが可能である。基板の温度としては特に制限はないが、好ましくは-200℃~400℃、より好ましくは-100℃~300℃、さらに好ましくは0℃~200℃である。
 形成された有機半導体層は、後処理により特性を調整することができる。例えば、加熱処理や蒸気化した溶剤を暴露することにより膜のモルホロジーや膜中での分子のパッキングを変化させることで特性を向上させることが可能である。また、酸化性または還元性のガスや溶剤、物質などにさらす、あるいはこれらを混合することで酸化あるいは還元反応を起こし、膜中でのキャリア密度を調整することができる。
 有機半導体層の膜厚は、特に制限されず、用いられるデバイスの種類などにより異なるが、好ましくは5nm~50μm、より好ましくは10nm~5μm、さらに好ましくは20nm~500nmである。
When the resin binder is blended, the blending amount is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass in the organic semiconductor layer. As the resin binder, one kind may be used or a plurality of kinds may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
Depending on the application, a single layer or a mixed solution to which various semiconductor materials and additives are added may be applied onto a substrate or the like to form a blend film composed of a plurality of material types. For example, when a photoelectric conversion layer is manufactured, a mixed solution with another semiconductor material can be used.
In film formation, the substrate may be heated or cooled, and the film quality and packing of molecules in the film can be controlled by changing the temperature of the substrate. The temperature of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably −200 ° C. to 400 ° C., more preferably −100 ° C. to 300 ° C., and further preferably 0 ° C. to 200 ° C.
The characteristics of the formed organic semiconductor layer can be adjusted by post-processing. For example, it is possible to improve the characteristics by changing the film morphology and the molecular packing in the film by exposing to a heat treatment or a vaporized solvent. Further, by exposing to an oxidizing or reducing gas, solvent, substance, or the like, or mixing them, an oxidation or reduction reaction can be caused to adjust the carrier density in the film.
The thickness of the organic semiconductor layer is not particularly limited and varies depending on the type of device used, but is preferably 5 nm to 50 μm, more preferably 10 nm to 5 μm, and still more preferably 20 nm to 500 nm.
<水溶性樹脂層(水溶性樹脂組成物)>
 水溶性樹脂層は水溶性樹脂を含む。水溶性樹脂とは、23℃における水100gに対して溶解した樹脂の量が1g以上である樹脂をいい、5g以上である樹脂が好ましく、10g以上であることがより好ましく、30g以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限はないが、100gであることが実際的である。
<Water-soluble resin layer (water-soluble resin composition)>
The water-soluble resin layer contains a water-soluble resin. The water-soluble resin refers to a resin in which the amount of the resin dissolved in 100 g of water at 23 ° C. is 1 g or more, preferably 5 g or more, more preferably 10 g or more, and 30 g or more. Is more preferable. There is no upper limit, but it is practical to be 100 g.
 また、本発明においては、水溶性樹脂として、アルコール溶解性の樹脂も用いることができる。アルコール溶解性の樹脂としては、ポリビニルアセタールを挙げることができる。溶剤として利用できるアルコールとして、通常用いられるものを選定すればよいが、例えば、イソプロピルアルコールが挙げられる。アルコール溶解性樹脂とは、23℃におけるアルコール(例えば)100gに対する溶解度が1g以上である樹脂をいい、10g以上である樹脂が好ましく、20g以上であることがより好ましい。上限はないが、30g以下であることが実際的である。なお、特に断らない限り、本発明においては、アルコール溶解性樹脂を水溶性樹脂に含めて定義することとする。 In the present invention, an alcohol-soluble resin can also be used as the water-soluble resin. Examples of the alcohol-soluble resin include polyvinyl acetal. Although what is normally used should just be selected as alcohol which can be utilized as a solvent, For example, isopropyl alcohol is mentioned. The alcohol-soluble resin means a resin having a solubility of 1 g or more with respect to 100 g of alcohol (for example) at 23 ° C., preferably 10 g or more, and more preferably 20 g or more. Although there is no upper limit, it is practical that it is 30 g or less. Unless otherwise specified, in the present invention, the alcohol-soluble resin is defined to be included in the water-soluble resin.
 水溶性樹脂は、親水性基を含む樹脂が好ましく、親水性基としては、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、アミド基、イミド基などが例示される。 The water-soluble resin is preferably a resin containing a hydrophilic group, and examples of the hydrophilic group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, an amide group, and an imide group.
 水溶性樹脂としては、具体的には、ポリビニルピロリドン(PVP)、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、水溶性多糖類(水溶性のセルロース(メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース等)、プルランまたはプルラン誘導体、デンプン、ヒドロキシプロピルデンプン、カルボキシメチルデンプン、キトサン、シクロデキストリン)、ポリエチレンオキシド、ポリエチルオキサゾリン等を挙げることができる。また、これらの中から、2種以上を選択して使用してもよく、共重合体として使用してもよい。 Specific examples of the water-soluble resin include polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), water-soluble polysaccharides (water-soluble cellulose (methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, etc. ), Pullulan or pullulan derivatives, starch, hydroxypropyl starch, carboxymethyl starch, chitosan, cyclodextrin), polyethylene oxide, polyethyloxazoline and the like. Moreover, 2 or more types may be selected and used from these, and you may use as a copolymer.
 具体的には、本発明では、水溶性樹脂が、式(P1-1)で表される構成単位および式(P1-2)で表される構成単位のうち少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むことが好ましく、下記式(P1)で表される構成単位または式(P2)で表される構成単位を含む水溶性樹脂がより好ましい。 Specifically, in the present invention, the water-soluble resin contains at least one structural unit of the structural unit represented by the formula (P1-1) and the structural unit represented by the formula (P1-2). And a water-soluble resin containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (P1) or a structural unit represented by the formula (P2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(P1-1)および(P1-2)中、RP1は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基である。npおよびmpは正の整数である。ポリマーはこれらの構成単位のみで構成されていてもよいが、式(P1-1)または(P1-2)で表される構成単位と、他の構成単位との共重合体であってもよい。 In formulas (P1-1) and (P1-2), R P1 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. np and mp are positive integers. The polymer may be composed of only these structural units, but may be a copolymer of the structural unit represented by the formula (P1-1) or (P1-2) and another structural unit. .
 式(P1)および(P2)で表される構成単位は共重合体となることを考慮したものとして示している。これらの式におけるRP1は式(P1-1)および(P1-2)におけるRと同義である。
 RP2としては、-L-Tの基が挙げられる。Lは単結合または下記の連結基Lである。Tは置換基であり、下記の置換基Tの例が挙げられる。なかでも、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、またはアリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)等の炭化水素基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アリールアルキル基は本発明の効果を奏する範囲でさらに置換基Tで規定される基を有していてもよい。
 式(P1)および(P2)は共重合体を表している。式中のnp1およびnp2ならびにmp1およびmp2は質量基準での分子中の構成比率であり、それぞれ独立に、10質量%以上100質量%未満である。ただしnp1+np2、mp1+mp2がそれぞれ100質量%を超えることはない。np1+np2、mp1+mp2がそれぞれ100質量%未満の場合、その他の構成単位を含むコポリマーであることを意味する。
The structural units represented by the formulas (P1) and (P2) are shown considering that they are copolymers. R P1 in these formulas has the same meaning as R P in formula (P1-1) and (P1-2).
The R P2, include groups -L P -T P. L P is a single bond or the following linking group L. TP is a substituent, and examples of the following substituent T are given. Among them, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 3 carbon atoms). Is more preferable), an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, To 10 are more preferable), or a hydrocarbon group such as an arylalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and further preferably 7 to 11). These alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, and arylalkyl groups may further have a group defined by the substituent T within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
Formulas (P1) and (P2) represent a copolymer. In the formula, np1 and np2 and mp1 and mp2 are constituent ratios in the molecule on a mass basis, and are each independently 10% by mass or more and less than 100% by mass. However, np1 + np2 and mp1 + mp2 do not exceed 100% by mass, respectively. When np1 + np2 and mp1 + mp2 are each less than 100% by mass, it means a copolymer containing other structural units.
 水溶性樹脂として、下記式(C1)で表される構造を含むセルロースや式(C2)で表される構造を含むプルランが例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Examples of the water-soluble resin include cellulose containing a structure represented by the following formula (C1) and pullulan containing a structure represented by the formula (C2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 na、nbは正の整数である。Rは(CHCHO)maH、CHCOONa、または水素原子である。maは1~2の整数である。式(C1)、(C2)のヒドロキシル基は適宜置換基Tまたはそれと連結基Lを組み合わせた基で置換されていてもよい。置換基Tは複数あるとき互いに結合して、あるいは連結基Lを介してまたは介さずに式中の環と結合して環を形成していてもよい。 na and nb are positive integers. R a is (CH 2 CH 2 O) ma H, CH 2 COONa, or a hydrogen atom. ma is an integer of 1 to 2. The hydroxyl group in the formulas (C1) and (C2) may be optionally substituted with a substituent T or a group combining the linking group L with the substituent T. When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to a ring in the formula through or without a linking group L to form a ring.
 置換基Tとしては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~21が好ましく、7~15がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基(炭素数0~24が好ましく、0~12がより好ましく、0~6がさらに好ましい)、チオール基、カルボキシル基、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、アルコキシル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールオキシ基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、アシル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アシルオキシ基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリーロイル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)、アリーロイルオキシ基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)、カルバモイル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、スルファモイル基(炭素数0~12が好ましく、0~6がより好ましく、0~3がさらに好ましい)、スルホ基、アルキルスルホニル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールスルホニル基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、ヘテロ環基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~8がより好ましく、2~5がさらに好ましい、5員環または6員環を含むことが好ましい)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、オキソ基(=O)、イミノ基(=NR)、アルキリデン基(=C(R)などが挙げられる。Rは水素原子またはアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)であり、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、またはプロピル基が好ましい。各置換基に含まれるアルキル部位、アルケニル部位、およびアルキニル部位は鎖状でも環状でもよく、直鎖でも分岐でもよい。上記置換基Tが置換基を取りうる基である場合にはさらに置換基Tを有してもよい。例えば、アルキル基はハロゲン化アルキル基となってもよいし、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキル基、アミノアルキル基やカルボキシアルキル基になっていてもよい。置換基がカルボキシル基やアミノ基などの塩を形成しうる基の場合、その基が塩を形成していてもよい。 Examples of the substituent T include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 21 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms). 7 to 11 are more preferable), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable and 2 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable). More preferably 2 to 3), hydroxyl group, amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 12 and further preferably 0 to 6), thiol group, carboxyl group, aryl group (carbon A number of 6 to 22, preferably 6 to 18, more preferably 6 to 10, and an alkoxyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, To 3 are more preferable), an aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms). Preferably 2 to 3), acyloxy groups (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryloyl groups (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7 to 19 carbon atoms). More preferably, 7 to 11 are more preferable), aryloyloxy group (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), carbamoyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable). 1 to 6 are more preferable, and 1 to 3 are more preferable.) A sulfamoyl group (having 0 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 0 to 6 is more preferable, and 0 to 3 is more preferable). ), A sulfo group, an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an arylsulfonyl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms). 6 to 10 are more preferable), a heterocyclic group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 2 to 5, and preferably including a 5-membered or 6-membered ring), ( (Meth) acryloyl group, (meth) acryloyloxy group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), oxo group (= O), imino group (= NR N ), alkylidene group (= C (R N ) 2 ) and the like. RN is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 3), and is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group. The alkyl moiety, alkenyl moiety, and alkynyl moiety contained in each substituent may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. When the substituent T is a group that can take a substituent, the substituent T may further have a substituent T. For example, the alkyl group may be a halogenated alkyl group, or may be a (meth) acryloyloxyalkyl group, an aminoalkyl group, or a carboxyalkyl group. When the substituent is a group capable of forming a salt such as a carboxyl group or an amino group, the group may form a salt.
 連結基Lとしては、アルキレン基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい)、アルケニレン基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アルキニレン基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、(オリゴ)アルキレンオキシ基(1つの構成単位中のアルキレン基の炭素数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい;繰り返し数は1~50が好ましく、1~40がより好ましく、1~30がさらに好ましい)、アリーレン基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、酸素原子、硫黄原子、スルホニル基、カルボニル基、チオカルボニル基、-NR-、およびそれらの組み合わせにかかる連結基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は下記置換基Tを有していてもよい。例えば、アルキレン基がヒドロキシル基を有していてもよい。連結基Lに含まれる原子数は水素原子を除いて1~50が好ましく、1~40がより好ましく、1~30がさらに好ましい。連結原子数は連結に関与する原子団のうち最短の道程に位置する原子数を意味する。例えば、-CH-(C=O)-O-だと、連結に関与する原子は6個であり、水素原子を除いても4個である。一方連結に関与する最短の原子は-C-C-O-であり、3つとなる。この連結原子数として、1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい。なお、上記アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、(オリゴ)アルキレンオキシ基は、鎖状でも環状でもよく、直鎖でも分岐でもよい。連結基が-NR-などの塩を形成しうる基の場合、その基が塩を形成していてもよい。 As the linking group L, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms) 2 to 3 are more preferable), an alkynylene group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 and further preferably 2 to 3), an (oligo) alkyleneoxy group (of the alkylene group in one structural unit) The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3; the number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, still more preferably 1 to 30, and the arylene group ( Preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), oxygen atom, sulfur atom, sulfonyl group, carbonyl group, thiocarbonyl group, NR N -, and the linking group according to a combination thereof. The alkylene group may have the following substituent T. For example, the alkylene group may have a hydroxyl group. The number of atoms contained in the linking group L is preferably 1 to 50, more preferably 1 to 40, and even more preferably 1 to 30, excluding hydrogen atoms. The number of connected atoms means the number of atoms located in the shortest path among the atomic groups involved in the connection. For example, in the case of —CH 2 — (C═O) —O—, there are 6 atoms involved in the connection, and 4 atoms excluding hydrogen atoms. On the other hand, the shortest atom involved in the connection is —C—C—O—, which is three. The number of connecting atoms is preferably 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, and still more preferably 1 to 6. The alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and (oligo) alkyleneoxy group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. When the linking group is a group capable of forming a salt such as —NR N —, the group may form a salt.
 水溶性樹脂については、国際公開第2016/175220号に記載の樹脂を引用し、本明細書に組み込まれる。 The water-soluble resin is incorporated herein by reference to the resin described in International Publication No. 2016/175220.
 水溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ポリビニルピロリドンである場合は、50,000~400,000が好ましく、ポリビニルアルコールである場合は、15000~100,000であることが好ましいく、他の樹脂である場合は、10,000~300,000の範囲内であることが好ましい。
 また、本発明で用いる水溶性樹脂の分子量分散度は、1.0~5.0が好ましく、2.0~4.0がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is preferably 50,000 to 400,000 when it is polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and preferably 15,000 to 100,000 when it is polyvinyl alcohol. In the case, it is preferably within the range of 10,000 to 300,000.
Further, the molecular weight dispersity of the water-soluble resin used in the present invention is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 2.0 to 4.0.
 水溶性樹脂組成物における水溶性樹脂の含有量は必要に応じて適宜調節すればよいが、固形分中、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限としては、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、4質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。
 水溶性樹脂組成物は、水溶性樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the water-soluble resin in the water-soluble resin composition may be appropriately adjusted as necessary, but is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less in the solid content, and 20 More preferably, it is at most mass%. As a minimum, it is preferred that it is 1 mass% or more, it is more preferred that it is 2 mass% or more, and it is still more preferred that it is 4 mass% or more.
The water-soluble resin composition may contain only one type of water-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
 水溶性樹脂を溶解する溶剤は、代表的には水であるが、アルコール等の水溶性溶剤と水との混合溶剤であってもよい。本明細書において、このような溶剤を水系溶剤と呼ぶことがある。水系溶剤が混合溶剤である場合は、23℃における水への溶解度が1g以上の有機溶剤と水との混合溶剤であることが好ましい。有機溶剤の23℃における水への溶解度は10g以上がより好ましく、30g以上がさらに好ましい。
 水溶性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The solvent for dissolving the water-soluble resin is typically water, but may be a mixed solvent of water and a water-soluble solvent such as alcohol. In the present specification, such a solvent may be referred to as an aqueous solvent. When the aqueous solvent is a mixed solvent, it is preferably a mixed solvent of an organic solvent and water having a solubility in water at 23 ° C. of 1 g or more. The solubility of the organic solvent in water at 23 ° C. is more preferably 10 g or more, and further preferably 30 g or more.
The water-soluble resin composition may contain only 1 type of solvent, and may contain 2 or more types. When 2 or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤>>
 本発明においては、水溶性樹脂組成物にアセチレン基を含む界面活性剤を含有させる。
 疎水性であることの多い有機半導体層上で泡を生じさせず、適正な濡れ性を維持できる界面活性剤にはある程度の疎水性が必要となる。一方、疎水性が強い場合、洗浄時には、界面活性剤が有機半導体層上に残ってしまう。これを回避する為に、水溶性樹脂で界面活性剤を巻き込みながら洗う形態が好適である。他方、巻き込む側の水溶性樹脂の水溶性が強すぎると、凝集しやすくなり、例えばスピンコートの塗布回転中にスジムラが発生しやすくなる。すなわち、界面活性剤の疎水性と水溶性樹脂の親水性のバランスの良い領域が存在する。このような機序を通じ、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤と、溶解速度を特定の範囲に規定した水溶性樹脂層とを組合せて採用したことによる相互作用が発揮され、本発明の効果が奏されるものと解される。
 アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤は分子内にアセチレン基を含んでいればよい。アセチレン基の分子内の数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましく、1~2が一層好ましい。
<< Surfactant containing acetylene group >>
In the present invention, the water-soluble resin composition contains a surfactant containing an acetylene group.
A surfactant capable of maintaining appropriate wettability without generating bubbles on the organic semiconductor layer, which is often hydrophobic, requires a certain degree of hydrophobicity. On the other hand, when the hydrophobicity is strong, the surfactant remains on the organic semiconductor layer during cleaning. In order to avoid this, a form of washing with a water-soluble resin while entraining a surfactant is preferable. On the other hand, if the water-soluble resin on the entraining side is too water-soluble, the water-soluble resin is likely to agglomerate, and for example, streaks are likely to occur during spin coating. That is, there is a region where the hydrophobicity of the surfactant and the hydrophilicity of the water-soluble resin are well balanced. Through such a mechanism, the interaction by adopting a combination of a surfactant containing an acetylene group and a water-soluble resin layer whose dissolution rate is specified in a specific range is exhibited, and the effects of the present invention are exhibited. It is understood that.
The surfactant containing an acetylene group only needs to contain an acetylene group in the molecule. The number of acetylene groups in the molecule is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, still more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 to 2.
 アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤の分子量は比較的小さいことが好ましく、2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限値は特にないが、200以上であることが実際的である。 The molecular weight of the surfactant containing an acetylene group is preferably relatively small, preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit, it is practical that it is 200 or more.
 アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤は下記式(9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式中、R91およびR92は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数3~15のアルキル基、炭素数6~15の芳香族炭化水素基、または、炭素数4~15の芳香族複素環基である。芳香族複素環基の炭素数は、1~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~4がさらに好ましい。芳香族複素環は5員環または6員環が好ましい。芳香族複素環が含むヘテロ原子は窒素原子、酸素原子、または硫黄原子が好ましい。
 R91およびR92は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては上記置換基Tの例が挙げられる。
The surfactant containing an acetylene group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In the formula, each of R 91 and R 92 is independently an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms. . The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The aromatic heterocycle is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The hetero atom contained in the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
R 91 and R 92 may each independently have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the examples of the substituent T.
 式(9)の化合物は下記式(91)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
The compound of formula (9) is preferably represented by the following formula (91).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 R93~R96は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基であり、n9は1~6の整数であり、m9はn9の2倍の整数であり、n10は1~6の整数であり、m10はn10の2倍の整数であり、l9およびl10は、それぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の数である。R93~R96は炭化水素基であるが、なかでもアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基は鎖状でも環状でもよく、直鎖でも分岐でもよい。R93~R96は本発明の効果を奏する範囲で置換基Tを有していてもよい。また、R93~R96は互いに結合して、または連結基Lを介して環を形成していてもよい。置換基Tは、複数あるときは互いに結合して、あるいは連結基Lを介してまたは介さずに式中の炭化水素基と結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 R93、R94はアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。なかでもメチル基が好ましい。
 R95、R96はアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、3~6がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。なかでも、-(Cn1198 m11)-R97が好ましい。ここで、R97およびR98は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。n11は1~6の整数であり、1~3の整数が好ましい。m11はn11の2倍の数である。
 R95、R96はとくにイソブチル基であることが好ましい。
 n9は1~6の整数であり、1~3の整数が好ましい。m9はn9の2倍の整数である。
 n10は1~6の整数であり、1~3の整数が好ましい。m10はn10の2倍の整数である。
 l9およびl10は、それぞれ独立に、0~12の数である。ただし、l9+l10は0~12の数であることが好ましく、0~8の数であることがより好ましく、0~6の数がさらに好ましく、0超6未満の数が一層好ましく、0超3以下の数がより一層好ましい。なお、l9、l10については、式(91)の化合物がその数において異なる化合物の混合物となる場合があり、そのときはl9およびl10の数、あるいはl9+l10が、小数点以下が含まれた数であってもよい。
R 93 to R 96 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer twice as large as n9, and n10 is an integer of 1 to 6. M10 is an integer twice as large as n10, and l9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less. R 93 to R 96 are hydrocarbon groups, and among them, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (having 2 to 12 carbon atoms). Preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3, more preferably an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl group (having 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 22 is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is more preferable, and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and further preferably 7 to 11) is preferable. . The alkyl group, alkenyl group and alkynyl group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. R 93 to R 96 may have a substituent T as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. R 93 to R 96 may be bonded to each other or form a ring via the linking group L. When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to a hydrocarbon group in the formula through or without a linking group L to form a ring.
R 93 and R 94 are each preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 3). Of these, a methyl group is preferable.
R 95 and R 96 are preferably alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms). Of these, — (C n11 R 98 m11 ) —R 97 is preferable. Here, R 97 and R 98 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms). n11 is an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. m11 is twice as many as n11.
R 95 and R 96 are particularly preferably isobutyl groups.
n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferable. m9 is an integer twice as large as n9.
n10 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferable. m10 is an integer twice as large as n10.
l9 and l10 are each independently a number from 0 to 12. However, l9 + l10 is preferably a number from 0 to 12, more preferably from 0 to 8, more preferably from 0 to 6, more preferably from 0 to less than 6, and more than 0 to 3 or less. Is more preferred. For l9 and l10, the compound of the formula (91) may be a mixture of compounds different in number, and in this case, the number of l9 and l10, or l9 + l10 is a number including a decimal point. May be.
 式(91)で表される界面活性剤は下記式(92)で表される界面活性剤が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 R93、R94、R97~R100は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基であり、l11およびl12は、それぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の数である。R93、R94、R97~R100はなかでもアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基は鎖状でも環状でもよく、直鎖でも分岐でもよい。R93、R94、R97~R100は本発明の効果を奏する範囲で置換基Tを有していてもよい。また、R93、R94、R97~R100は互いに結合して、または連結基Lを介して環を形成していてもよい。置換基Tは、複数あるときは互いに結合して、あるいは連結基Lを介してまたは介さずに式中の炭化水素基と結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 R93、R94、R97~R100は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。なかでもメチル基が好ましい。
 l11+l12は0~12の数であることが好ましく、0~8の数であることがより好ましく、0~6の数がさらに好ましく、0超6未満の数が一層好ましく、0超5以下の数がより一層好ましく、0超4以下の数がさらに一層好ましく、0超3以下の数であってもよく、0超1以下の数であってもよい。なお、l11、l12は、式(92)の化合物がその数において異なる化合物の混合物となる場合があり、そのときはl11およびl12の数、あるいはl11+l12が、小数点以下が含まれた数であってもよい。
The surfactant represented by the formula (91) is preferably a surfactant represented by the following formula (92).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less. R 93 , R 94 , and R 97 to R 100 are particularly an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms). 2 to 6 are more preferable, 2 to 3 are more preferable, an alkynyl group (2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 6 are more preferable, and 2 to 3 are more preferable), an aryl group (6 to 22 carbon atoms). 6 to 18 are more preferable, and 6 to 10 are more preferable, and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and further preferably 7 to 11) is preferable. The alkyl group, alkenyl group and alkynyl group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. R 93 , R 94 and R 97 to R 100 may have a substituent T as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 may be bonded to each other or form a ring via the linking group L. When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to a hydrocarbon group in the formula through or without a linking group L to form a ring.
R 93 , R 94 and R 97 to R 100 are preferably each independently an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms). Of these, a methyl group is preferable.
l11 + l12 is preferably a number of 0 to 12, more preferably a number of 0 to 8, more preferably a number of 0 to 6, more preferably a number of more than 0 and less than 6, and a number of more than 0 and 5 or less. Is more preferable, a number of more than 0 and 4 or less is even more preferable, a number of more than 0 and 3 or less, or a number of more than 0 and 1 or less. In addition, l11 and l12 may be a mixture of compounds different in the number of the compound of the formula (92), in which case the number of l11 and l12, or l11 + l12 is a number including a decimal point. Also good.
 アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤としては、下記のサーフィノール(Surfynol)104シリーズ(商品名、日信化学工業株式会社)、下記のアセチレノール(Acetyrenol)E00、同E40、同E13T、同60(いずれも商品名、川研ファインケム社製)が挙げられ、中でも、サーフィノール104シリーズ、アセチレノールE00、同E40、同E13Tが好ましく、アセチレノールE40、同E13Tがより好ましい。なお、サーフィノール104シリーズとアセチレノールE00とは同一構造の界面活性剤である。 Surfactants containing acetylene groups include the following Surfynol 104 series (trade name, Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), the following acetylenol E00, E40, E13T, and 60 (all of which are the same). Trade name, manufactured by Kawaken Finechem Co., Ltd.), among which Surfinol 104 series, acetylenol E00, E40, and E13T are preferred, and acetylenol E40 and E13T are more preferred. Surfynol 104 series and acetylenol E00 are surfactants having the same structure.
 水溶性樹脂組成物において、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤の含有量は、固形分中、好ましくは0.05質量%以上、より好ましくは0.07質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.1質量%以上である。また、上限値は、好ましくは20質量%以下、より好ましくは15質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以下である。アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤は、1種を用いても複数のものを用いてもよい。複数のものを用いる場合はその合計量が上記の範囲となる。 In the water-soluble resin composition, the content of the surfactant containing an acetylene group is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.07% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.1% by mass in the solid content. That's it. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or less. As the surfactant containing an acetylene group, one kind or a plurality of kinds may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
 アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤の、23℃における、0.1質量%水溶液の表面張力は45mN/m以下であることが好ましく、40mN/m以下であることがより好ましく、35mN/m以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限としては、5mN/m以上であることが好ましく、10mN/m以上であることがより好ましく、15mN/m以上であることがさらに好ましい。アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤の表面張力は選択される界面活性剤の種類により適宜選択されればよい。 The surface tension of a 0.1% by mass aqueous solution of a surfactant containing an acetylene group at 23 ° C. is preferably 45 mN / m or less, more preferably 40 mN / m or less, and 35 mN / m or less. More preferably. The lower limit is preferably 5 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more, and further preferably 15 mN / m or more. The surface tension of the surfactant containing an acetylene group may be appropriately selected depending on the type of surfactant to be selected.
<<その他の界面活性剤>>
 水溶性樹脂組成物には、さらにほかの塗布性を向上させるための界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。
 界面活性剤としては、表面張力を低下させるものであれば、ノニオン系、アニオン系、両性フッ素系など、どのようなものでもかまわない。界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンセチルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリールエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンステアレート等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエステル類、ソルビタンモノラウレート、ソルビタンモノステアレート、ソルビタンジステアレート、ソルビタンモノオレエート、ソルビタンセスキオレエート、ソルビタントリオレエート等のソルビタンアルキルエステル類、グリセロールモノステアレート、グリセロールモノオレエート等のモノグリセリドアルキルエステル類等、フッ素あるいはケイ素を含むオリゴマー等のノニオン系界面活性剤;ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム等のアルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩類、ブチルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ペンチルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ヘキシルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、オクチルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム等のアルキルナフタレンスルホン酸塩類、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム等のアルキル硫酸塩類、ドデシルスルホン酸ナトリウム等のアルキルスルホン酸塩類、ジラウリルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム等のスルホコハク酸エステル塩類等の、アニオン系界面活性剤;ラウリルベタイン、ステアリルベタイン等のアルキルベタイン類、アミノ酸類等の、両性界面活性剤が使用可能である。
<< Other surfactants >>
The water-soluble resin composition may further contain a surfactant for improving coatability.
The surfactant may be any nonionic, anionic, or amphoteric fluorine-based one as long as it reduces the surface tension. Examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, and other polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers. Oxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters such as polyoxyethylene stearate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, sorbitan trioleate, etc. Sorbitan alkyl esters, monoglyceride alkyl esters such as glycerol monostearate and glycerol monooleate Nonionic surfactants such as oligomers containing fluorine or silicon; alkylbenzene sulfonates such as sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, sodium butyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium pentyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium hexyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium octyl naphthalene sulfonate Anionic surfactants such as alkyl naphthalene sulfonates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, alkyl sulfonates such as sodium dodecyl sulfonate, and sulfosuccinic acid ester salts such as sodium dilauryl sulfosuccinate; Amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines such as stearyl betaine and amino acids can be used.
 水溶性樹脂組成物が他の界面活性剤を含む場合、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤と他の界面活性剤との総量で、界面活性剤の添加量は、固形分中、好ましくは0.05~20質量%、より好ましくは0.07~15質量%、さらに好ましくは0.1~10質量%の割合で含まれる量である。これらの界面活性剤は、1種を用いても複数のものを用いてもよい。複数のものを用いる場合はその合計量が上記の範囲となる。
 また、本発明では他の界面活性剤を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、他の界面活性剤の含有量が、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤の含有量の5質量%以下であることをいい、3質量%以下が好ましく、1質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
When the water-soluble resin composition contains another surfactant, the total amount of the surfactant containing the acetylene group and the other surfactant, and the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.05 in the solid content. It is an amount contained in a ratio of ˜20% by mass, more preferably 0.07-15% by mass, still more preferably 0.1-10% by mass. These surfactants may be used alone or in combination. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
Moreover, in this invention, it can also be set as the structure which does not contain other surfactant substantially. “Substantially free” means that the content of other surfactant is 5% by mass or less of the content of the surfactant containing an acetylene group, preferably 3% by mass or less, and preferably 1% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
<<防腐剤・防カビ剤(防腐剤等)>>
 水溶性樹脂組成物に防腐剤または防カビ剤を含有させることも好ましい。
 防腐剤・防カビ剤(以下、防腐剤等)としては、抗菌または防カビ作用を含む添加剤は水溶性または水分散性有機化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましい。防腐剤等抗菌または防カビ作用を含む添加剤としては有機系の抗菌・防カビ剤、無機系の抗菌・防カビ剤、天然系の抗菌・防カビ剤等を挙げることができる。例えば抗菌または防カビ剤は(株)東レリサーチセンター発刊の「抗菌・防カビ技術」に記載されているものを用いることができる。
 本発明において、水溶性樹脂層に防腐剤等を配合することにより、長期室温保管後の溶液内部の菌増殖による、塗布欠陥増加を抑止するという効果がより効果的に発揮される。
<<< Preservatives and mold inhibitors (preservatives, etc.) >>>
It is also preferable to contain a preservative or fungicide in the water-soluble resin composition.
As the antiseptic / antifungal agent (hereinafter referred to as preservative), the additive having antibacterial or antifungal action preferably contains at least one selected from water-soluble or water-dispersible organic compounds. Examples of the antibacterial or antifungal additive such as antiseptics include organic antibacterial and antifungal agents, inorganic antibacterial and antifungal agents, and natural antibacterial and antifungal agents. For example, as the antibacterial or antifungal agent, those described in “Antimicrobial / antifungal technology” published by Toray Research Center, Inc. can be used.
In the present invention, by adding a preservative or the like to the water-soluble resin layer, the effect of suppressing an increase in coating defects due to bacterial growth inside the solution after long-term storage at room temperature is more effectively exhibited.
 防腐剤等としては、フェノールエーテル系化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、スルホン系化合物、N・ハロアルキルチオ化合物、アニリド系化合物、ピロール系化合物、第四級アンモニウム塩、アルシン系化合物、ピリジン系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ベンゾイソチアゾリン系化合物、イソチアゾリン系化合物などが挙げられる。具体的には、例えば2(4チオシアノメチル)ベンズイミダゾール、1,2ベンゾチアゾロン、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン、N-フルオロジクロロメチルチオ-フタルイミド、2,3,5,6-テトラクロロイソフタロニトリル、N-トリクロロメチルチオ-4-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボキシイミド、8-キノリン酸銅、ビス(トリブチル錫)オキシド、2-(4-チアゾリル)ベンズイミダゾール、2-ベンズイミダゾールカルバミン酸メチル、10,10'-オキシビスフェノキシアルシン、2,3,5,6-テトラクロロ-4-(メチルスルフォン)ピリジン、ビス(2-ピリジルチオ-1-オキシド)亜鉛、N,N-ジメチル-N'-(フルオロジクロロメチルチオ)-N’-フェニルスルファミド、ポリ-(ヘキサメチレンビグアニド)ハイドロクロライド、ジチオ-2-2'-ビス、2-メチル-4,5-トリメチレン-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン、2-ブロモ-2-ニトロ-1,3-プロパンジオール、ヘキサヒドロ-1,3-トリス-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)-S-トリアジン、p-クロロ-m-キシレノール、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン、メチルフェノール等が挙げられる。 Examples of preservatives include phenol ether compounds, imidazole compounds, sulfone compounds, N-haloalkylthio compounds, anilide compounds, pyrrole compounds, quaternary ammonium salts, arsine compounds, pyridine compounds, triazine compounds. , Benzoisothiazoline compounds, isothiazoline compounds and the like. Specifically, for example, 2 (4thiocyanomethyl) benzimidazole, 1,2benzothiazolone, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, N-fluorodichloromethylthio-phthalimide, 2,3,5,6-tetrachloro Isophthalonitrile, N-trichloromethylthio-4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide, copper 8-quinolinate, bis (tributyltin) oxide, 2- (4-thiazolyl) benzimidazole, 2-benzimidazolecarbamic acid Methyl, 10,10′-oxybisphenoxyarsine, 2,3,5,6-tetrachloro-4- (methylsulfone) pyridine, bis (2-pyridylthio-1-oxide) zinc, N, N-dimethyl-N '-(Fluorodichloromethylthio) -N'-phenylsulfamide, poly- (hexamethyl) Lenvguanide) hydrochloride, dithio-2-2'-bis, 2-methyl-4,5-trimethylene-4-isothiazolin-3-one, 2-bromo-2-nitro-1,3-propanediol, hexahydro- Examples include 1,3-tris- (2-hydroxyethyl) -S-triazine, p-chloro-m-xylenol, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, and methylphenol.
 天然系抗菌・防カビ剤としては、カニやエビの甲殻等に含まれるキチンを加水分解して得られる塩基性多糖類のキトサンがある。アミノ酸の両側に金属を複合させたアミノメタルから成る日鉱の「商品名ホロンキラービースセラ」が好ましい。 Natural antibacterial / antifungal agents include chitosan, a basic polysaccharide obtained by hydrolyzing chitin contained in crab and shrimp shells. Nikko's “trade name Holon Killer Bees Sera” made of amino metal in which metal is compounded on both sides of amino acid is preferable.
 水溶性樹脂組成物における防腐剤等の含有量は、全固形分中、0.005~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.01~3質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~2質量%であることがさらに好ましく、0.1~1質量%であることが一層好ましい。防腐剤等とは1種を用いても複数のものを用いてもよい。複数のものを用いる場合はその合計量が上記の範囲となる。
防腐剤等の抗菌効果の評価は、JIS Z 2801(抗菌加工製品-抗菌性試験方法・抗菌効果)に準拠して行うことができる。また、防カビ効果の評価は、JIS Z 2911(カビ抵抗性試験)に準拠して行うことができる。
The content of the preservative and the like in the water-soluble resin composition is preferably 0.005 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass in the total solid content, and 0.05 to The content is more preferably 2% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 1% by mass. One kind or a plurality of preservatives may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
Antibacterial effects such as preservatives can be evaluated according to JIS Z 2801 (antibacterial processed product-antibacterial test method / antibacterial effect). Further, the antifungal effect can be evaluated in accordance with JIS Z 2911 (mold resistance test).
<<遮光剤>>
 水溶性樹脂組成物は遮光剤を含むことが好ましい。遮光剤を配合することにより、有機半導体層などへの光によるダメージをより抑制できる。
 遮光剤の配合量は、水溶性樹脂組成物の固形分中、好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは3~40質量%、さらに好ましくは5~25質量%である。遮光剤は、1種を用いても複数のものを用いてもよい。複数のものを用いる場合はその合計量が上記の範囲となる。
<< Light-shielding agent >>
The water-soluble resin composition preferably contains a light shielding agent. By blending a light-shielding agent, damage to the organic semiconductor layer or the like due to light can be further suppressed.
The blending amount of the light-shielding agent is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 25% by mass in the solid content of the water-soluble resin composition. As the light shielding agent, one kind or a plurality of kinds may be used. When using a plurality of items, the total amount is within the above range.
 水溶性樹脂層は、好ましくは、水溶性樹脂組成物から形成される。
 水溶性樹脂組成物の適用方法としては、塗布が好ましい。適用方法の例としては、スリットコート法、キャスト法、ブレードコーティング法、ワイヤーバーコーティング法、スプレーコーティング法、ディッピング(浸漬)コーティング法、ビードコーティング法、エアーナイフコーティング法、カーテンコーティング法、インクジェット法、スピンコート法、ラングミュア-ブロジェット(Langmuir-Blodgett)(LB)法などを挙げることができる。キャスト法、スピンコート法、およびインクジェット法を用いることがさらに好ましい。このようなプロセスにより、表面が平滑で大面積の水溶性樹脂層を低コストで生産することが可能となる
The water-soluble resin layer is preferably formed from a water-soluble resin composition.
As a method for applying the water-soluble resin composition, coating is preferable. Examples of application methods include slit coating, casting, blade coating, wire bar coating, spray coating, dipping (dip) coating, bead coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, ink jet, Examples thereof include a spin coating method and a Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) method. It is more preferable to use a casting method, a spin coating method, and an ink jet method. Such a process makes it possible to produce a water-soluble resin layer having a smooth surface and a large area at a low cost.
 水溶性樹脂層の厚さは、0.1μm以上であることが好ましく、0.5μm以上であることがより好ましく、1.0μm以上であることがさらに好ましく、2.0μm以上が一層好ましい。水溶性樹脂層の厚さの上限値としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5.0μm以下がより好ましく、3.0μm以下がさらに好ましい。
 水溶性樹脂層は、例えば、上記水溶性樹脂組成物を有機半導体層の上に適用し、乾燥させることよって形成することができる。
 水溶性樹脂層の膜厚の膜厚面内均一性は5%以下であることが好ましく、3%以下であることが好ましく、1%以下であることがより好ましく、0.5%以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限値としては、0.1%以上であることが実際的である。膜厚の膜厚面内均一性は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に基づき測定した値を採用する。
The thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, further preferably 1.0 μm or more, and further preferably 2.0 μm or more. As an upper limit of the thickness of a water-soluble resin layer, 10 micrometers or less are preferable, 5.0 micrometers or less are more preferable, and 3.0 micrometers or less are further more preferable.
The water-soluble resin layer can be formed, for example, by applying the water-soluble resin composition on the organic semiconductor layer and drying it.
The in-plane uniformity of the thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and 0.5% or less. More preferably. The lower limit is practically 0.1% or more. For the in-plane uniformity of the film thickness, a value measured based on the method described in Examples described later is adopted.
 水溶性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、0.5~30質量%であることが好ましく、1.0~20質量%であることがより好ましく、2.0~14質量%であることがさらに好ましい。固形分濃度を上記範囲とすることでより均一に塗布することができる。 The solid content concentration of the water-soluble resin composition is preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass, and further preferably 2.0 to 14% by mass. preferable. It can apply | coat more uniformly by making solid content concentration into the said range.
 本発明において、水溶性樹脂層は25℃の水に浸漬した際に0.1~3.0μm/秒の速度で溶解可能であるように設定される。このような溶解速度としたことにより、界面活性剤と相互に作用しあるいは界面活性剤の機能を補完し、有機半導体層等の良好な保護を実現しつつ、塗膜時の優れた塗布面状を達成し、かつ洗浄時の速やかかつ確実な洗浄性を付与することができる。上記の溶解速度の上限値は上記のとおりであるが、さらに2.5μm/秒以下であることが好ましく、2.2μm/秒以下であることがより好ましく、2μm/秒以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限としては、0.05μm/秒以上であることが好ましく、0.1μm/秒以上であることがより好ましく、0.2μm/秒以上であることがさらに好ましい。水溶性樹脂層の溶解速度の測定方法は、後述する実施例で採用した方法によるものとする。水溶性樹脂層の溶解速度の調節方法は本技術分野の常法によればよい。例えば、水溶性樹脂組成物の分子量を増減、もしくは低分子量の樹脂と高分子量の樹脂のブレンド比を調整することにより、調整可能になる。 In the present invention, the water-soluble resin layer is set so that it can be dissolved at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 μm / sec when immersed in water at 25 ° C. By having such a dissolution rate, it interacts with the surfactant or supplements the function of the surfactant, realizing good protection of the organic semiconductor layer, etc. Can be achieved, and quick and reliable detergency at the time of washing can be imparted. The upper limit of the dissolution rate is as described above, but is preferably 2.5 μm / second or less, more preferably 2.2 μm / second or less, and further preferably 2 μm / second or less. preferable. The lower limit is preferably 0.05 μm / second or more, more preferably 0.1 μm / second or more, and further preferably 0.2 μm / second or more. The method for measuring the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer is based on the method employed in the examples described later. A method for adjusting the dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer may be a conventional method in this technical field. For example, it can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the molecular weight of the water-soluble resin composition, or adjusting the blend ratio of the low molecular weight resin and the high molecular weight resin.
 水溶性樹脂組成物の、部材に対する静止接触角が69°以下であることが好ましく、50°以下であることがより好ましく、40°以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限としては、0°であってもよいが、2°以上であることが実際的である。この静止接触角を上記上限値以下とすることにより、塗布ムラを押さえ、良好な塗布均一性という効果が得られる。静止接触角の測定方法は、後述する実施例で採用した方法によるものとする。水溶性樹脂組成物の静止接触角の調節方法は本技術分野の常法によればよい。例えば、水溶性樹脂組成物における水溶性樹脂とアセチレン基を含む界面活性剤のブレンド比を調整したり、アセチレン基を含まない界面活性剤をさらにブレンドしたり、界面活性剤側鎖のアルキルオキシ鎖長を長くすることにより、接触角は高まる方向となる。 The static contact angle with respect to the member of the water-soluble resin composition is preferably 69 ° or less, more preferably 50 ° or less, and further preferably 40 ° or less. The lower limit may be 0 °, but is practically 2 ° or more. By setting the static contact angle to be equal to or less than the above upper limit value, it is possible to suppress coating unevenness and obtain an effect of good coating uniformity. The method for measuring the static contact angle is based on the method employed in the examples described later. The method for adjusting the static contact angle of the water-soluble resin composition may be a conventional method in this technical field. For example, the blend ratio of a water-soluble resin and a surfactant containing an acetylene group in the water-soluble resin composition is adjusted, a surfactant not containing an acetylene group is further blended, or the alkyloxy chain of the surfactant side chain By increasing the length, the contact angle increases.
<感光層(感光性樹脂組成物)>
 感光層は、感光性樹脂を含んでおり、その材料は本技術分野で常用されているものを適宜利用することができる。感光層は、さらに酸発生剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物から形成された層であることが好ましい。すなわち、感光層が光酸発生剤と感光性樹脂とを含む態様が例示される。
<Photosensitive layer (photosensitive resin composition)>
The photosensitive layer contains a photosensitive resin, and a material commonly used in this technical field can be appropriately used. The photosensitive layer is preferably a layer formed from a photosensitive resin composition further containing an acid generator. That is, an embodiment in which the photosensitive layer includes a photoacid generator and a photosensitive resin is exemplified.
 感光性樹脂の重量平均分子量は、10,000以上が好ましく、20,000以上であることがより好ましく、35,000以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限値としては、特に定めるものでは無いが、100,000以下であることが好ましく、70,000以下としてもよく、50,000以下としてもよい。
 また、感光性樹脂に含まれる重量平均分子量1,000以下の成分の量が、全感光性樹脂成分の10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂の分子量分散度(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)は、1.0~4.0が好ましく、1.1~2.5がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the photosensitive resin is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and further preferably 35,000 or more. The upper limit is not particularly defined, but is preferably 100,000 or less, may be 70,000 or less, and may be 50,000 or less.
In addition, the amount of the component having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or less contained in the photosensitive resin is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less of the total photosensitive resin component.
The molecular weight dispersity (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight) of the photosensitive resin is preferably 1.0 to 4.0, and more preferably 1.1 to 2.5.
 感光層を形成する感光性樹脂組成物は溶剤を含んでいてもよい。感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤量が1~10質量%である態様が例示される。感光層は、好ましくは、化学増幅型感光層である。感光層が化学増幅型であることにより、高い保存安定性と微細なパターン形成性を達成することができる。 The photosensitive resin composition forming the photosensitive layer may contain a solvent. An embodiment in which the amount of the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is 1 to 10% by mass is exemplified. The photosensitive layer is preferably a chemically amplified photosensitive layer. When the photosensitive layer is of a chemical amplification type, high storage stability and fine pattern formation can be achieved.
 感光層中の感光性樹脂の含有量は、20~99.9質量%であることが好ましく、40~99質量%であることがより好ましく、70~99質量%であることがさらに好ましい。1種または2種以上の感光性樹脂が含まれていてもよい。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photosensitive resin in the photosensitive layer is preferably 20 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 40 to 99% by mass, and further preferably 70 to 99% by mass. 1 type or 2 or more types of photosensitive resin may be contained. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
 感光層は、その露光部が有機溶剤を含む現像液に対して難溶であることが好ましい。難溶とは、露光部が現像液に溶けにくいことをいい、具体的には、波長365nm(i線)、波長248nm(KrF線)および波長193nm(ArF線)の少なくとも1つにおいて50mJ/cm以上の照射量で露光することによって極性が変化し、sp値(溶解パラメータ値)が19(MPa)1/2未満の溶剤に対して難溶となることが好ましく、18.5(MPa)1/2以下の溶剤に対して難溶となることがより好ましく、18.0(MPa)1/2以下の溶剤に対して難溶となることがさらに好ましい。さらに、波長365nm(i線)、波長248nm(KrF線)および波長193nm(ArF線)の少なくとも1つにおいて50~250mJ/cmの照射量で露光することによって、上記のとおり極性が変化することがより好ましい。 The photosensitive layer is preferably hardly soluble in a developing solution containing an organic solvent in the exposed portion. Slightly soluble means that the exposed portion is hardly soluble in the developer, and specifically, 50 mJ / cm at least one of a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 248 nm (KrF line) and a wavelength of 193 nm (ArF line). The polarity is changed by exposure at an irradiation dose of 2 or more, and it is preferably hardly soluble in a solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter value) of less than 19 (MPa) 1/2 , and 18.5 (MPa). It is more preferable that it is hardly soluble in a solvent of 1/2 or less, and it is more preferable that it is hardly soluble in a solvent of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less. Furthermore, the polarity changes as described above by exposing at a dose of 50 to 250 mJ / cm 2 at at least one of a wavelength of 365 nm (i-line), a wavelength of 248 nm (KrF line) and a wavelength of 193 nm (ArF line). Is more preferable.
 感光層は、ネガ型感光層であっても、ポジ型感光層であってもよい。
 感光層の厚さは、解像力向上の観点から、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.5μm以上がより好ましく、0.75μm以上がさらに好ましく、0.8μm以上が特に好ましい。感光層の厚さの上限値としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5.0μm以下がより好ましく、2.0μm以下がさらに好ましい。
 さらに、感光層と水溶性樹脂層との厚さの合計が、0.2μm以上であることが好ましく、1.0μm以上であることがより好ましく、2.0μm以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限値としては、20.0μm以下であることが好ましく、10.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、5.0μm以下であることがさらに好ましい。
The photosensitive layer may be a negative photosensitive layer or a positive photosensitive layer.
The thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, further preferably 0.75 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 μm or more from the viewpoint of improving the resolution. The upper limit of the thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and further preferably 2.0 μm or less.
Furthermore, the total thickness of the photosensitive layer and the water-soluble resin layer is preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and further preferably 2.0 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 20.0 μm or less, more preferably 10.0 μm or less, and even more preferably 5.0 μm or less.
 感光層は、i線の照射に対して感光能を有することが好ましい。感光能とは、活性光線および放射線の少なくとも一方の照射(i線の照射に対して感光能を有する場合は、i線の照射)により、有機溶剤(好ましくは、酢酸ブチル)に対する溶解速度が変化することをいう。 The photosensitive layer preferably has photosensitivity to i-ray irradiation. Photosensitivity refers to the rate of dissolution in an organic solvent (preferably butyl acetate) due to irradiation with at least one of actinic rays and radiation (i-line irradiation if it has photosensitivity to i-line irradiation). To do.
 感光層は、通常、感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される。感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂および光酸発生剤を少なくとも含む化学増幅型感光性樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。 The photosensitive layer is usually formed using a photosensitive resin composition. The photosensitive resin composition is preferably a chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition containing at least a photosensitive resin and a photoacid generator.
 感光性樹脂は、活性光線および放射線の少なくとも一方の照射により酸を発生する化合物と、酸の作用により現像液に対する溶解速度が変化することが好ましい。
 本発明における感光性樹脂は、通常、酸によって解離する基を含む構成単位を含む樹脂であり、他の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
The photosensitive resin preferably has a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with at least one of actinic rays and radiation, and a dissolution rate in the developer that changes due to the action of the acid.
The photosensitive resin in the present invention is usually a resin containing a structural unit containing a group that is dissociated by an acid, and may contain another structural unit.
 本発明において、感光性樹脂は、酸の作用により現像液(好ましくは酢酸ブチル)に対する溶解速度が変化する樹脂であり、この変化が溶解速度の低下であることがより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂のsp値が18.0(MPa)1/2以下の有機溶剤への溶解速度は、40nm/秒以上であることがより好ましい。また、感光性樹脂の酸分解性基が分解したときには、sp値が18.0(MPa)1/2以下の有機溶剤への溶解速度は1nm/秒未満であることがより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂は、また、sp値(溶解パラメータ値)が18.0(MPa)1/2以下の有機溶剤に可溶で、かつ、式(1)で表される構成単位におけるテトラヒドロフラニル基が分解または解離したときにsp値が18.0(MPa)1/2以下の有機溶剤に難溶となる樹脂であることが好ましい。
 ここで、「sp値(溶解パラメータ値)が18.0(MPa)1/2以下の有機溶剤に可溶」とは、化合物(樹脂)の溶液を基板上に塗布し、100℃で1分間加熱することによって形成される化合物(樹脂)の塗膜(厚さ1μm)の、23℃における現像液に対する溶解速度が、20nm/秒以上であることをいい、「sp値が18.0(MPa)1/2以下の有機溶剤に難溶」とは、化合物(樹脂)の溶液を基板上に塗布し、100℃で1分間加熱することによって形成される化合物(樹脂)の塗膜(厚さ1μm)の、23℃における現像液に対する溶解速度が、10nm/秒未満であることをいう。
In the present invention, the photosensitive resin is a resin whose dissolution rate in the developer (preferably butyl acetate) is changed by the action of an acid, and this change is more preferably a decrease in the dissolution rate.
The dissolution rate of the photosensitive resin in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less is more preferably 40 nm / second or more. Further, when the acid-decomposable group of the photosensitive resin is decomposed, the dissolution rate in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less is more preferably less than 1 nm / second.
The photosensitive resin is also soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value (solubility parameter value) of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less, and has a tetrahydrofuranyl group in the structural unit represented by the formula (1). A resin that is hardly soluble in an organic solvent having an sp value of 18.0 (MPa) 1/2 or less when decomposed or dissociated is preferable.
Here, “sp value (solubility parameter value) is 18.0 (MPa) soluble in an organic solvent of 1/2” or less means that a solution of a compound (resin) is applied on a substrate, and then at 100 ° C. for 1 minute. The dissolution rate of the coating film (thickness 1 μm) of the compound (resin) formed by heating with respect to the developer at 23 ° C. is 20 nm / second or more, and the “sp value is 18.0 (MPa ) “Slightly soluble in 1/2 or less organic solvent” means that a compound (resin) coating film (thickness) is formed by applying a compound (resin) solution on a substrate and heating at 100 ° C. for 1 minute. 1 μm) at 23 ° C. is less than 10 nm / second.
<<アクリル系重合体>>
 感光性樹脂は、アクリル系重合体であることが好ましい。
 「アクリル系重合体」は、付加重合型の樹脂であり、(メタ)アクリル酸またはそのエステルに由来する構成単位を含む重合体であり、(メタ)アクリル酸またはそのエステルに由来する構成単位以外の構成単位、例えば、スチレン類に由来する構成単位やビニル化合物に由来する構成単位等を含んでいてもよい。アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸またはそのエステルに由来する構成単位を、重合体における全構成単位に対し、50モル%以上含むことが好ましく、80モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸またはそのエステルに由来する構成単位のみからなる重合体であることが特に好ましい。
<< Acrylic polymer >>
The photosensitive resin is preferably an acrylic polymer.
“Acrylic polymer” is an addition polymerization type resin, which is a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid or an ester thereof, and other than a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid or an ester thereof. These structural units may include, for example, structural units derived from styrenes, structural units derived from vinyl compounds, and the like. The acrylic polymer preferably contains 50 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its ester, based on the total structural units in the polymer. Particularly preferred is a polymer consisting only of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid or its ester.
 アクリル系重合体は、環状エーテルエステル構造を含むことが好ましく、下記式(1)で表される構成単位を含むことがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 
 式中、Rは水素原子またはアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)を表し、Lはカルボニル基またはフェニレン基を表し、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Rは、水素原子またはメチル基であることが好ましく、メチル基であることがより好ましい。
 Lは、カルボニル基またはフェニレン基を表し、カルボニル基であることが好ましい。
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。R~Rにおけるアルキル基は、Rと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。また、R~Rのうち、1つ以上が水素原子であることが好ましく、R~Rの全てが水素原子であることがより好ましい。
The acrylic polymer preferably includes a cyclic ether ester structure, and more preferably includes a structural unit represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

In the formula, R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3), L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, and R 1 R 7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R 8 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, and is preferably a carbonyl group.
R 1 to R 7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group in R 1 to R 7 has the same meaning as R 8 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same. Further, among the R 1 ~ R 7, preferably more than one is a hydrogen atom, it is more preferable that all of R 1 ~ R 7 are hydrogen atoms.
 構成単位(1)として、特に、(1-1)および(1-2)が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 構成単位(1)を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体は、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法で合成したものを用いることもできる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸を酸触媒の存在下でジヒドロフラン化合物と反応させることにより合成することができる。あるいは、前駆体モノマーと重合した後に、カルボキシル基またはフェノール性水酸基をジヒドロフラン化合物と反応させることによっても形成することができる。
As the structural unit (1), (1-1) and (1-2) are particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
As the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (1), a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method may be used. For example, it can be synthesized by reacting (meth) acrylic acid with a dihydrofuran compound in the presence of an acid catalyst. Alternatively, it can be formed by reacting a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group with a dihydrofuran compound after polymerization with a precursor monomer.
 アクリル系重合体は、保護されたカルボキシル基または保護されたフェノール性水酸基を含む構成単位を含むものであることも好ましい。本構成単位を形成することができるカルボン酸モノマーとしては、カルボキシル基が保護されることにより構成単位となり得るものを用いることができ、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸を挙げることができる。また、構成単位としては、これらカルボキシル基が保護されたカルボン酸由来の構成単位を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。フェノール性水酸基を含むモノマーとしては、p-ヒドロキシスチレン、α-メチル-p-ヒドロキシスチレン等のヒドロキシスチレン類等を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。これらの中でも、α-メチル-p-ヒドロキシスチレンがより好ましい。 It is also preferable that the acrylic polymer contains a structural unit containing a protected carboxyl group or a protected phenolic hydroxyl group. As the carboxylic acid monomer capable of forming this structural unit, those capable of forming a structural unit by protecting the carboxyl group can be used, and examples thereof include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Moreover, as a structural unit, the structural unit derived from the carboxylic acid by which these carboxyl groups were protected can be mentioned as a preferable thing. Preferred examples of the monomer containing a phenolic hydroxyl group include hydroxystyrenes such as p-hydroxystyrene and α-methyl-p-hydroxystyrene. Among these, α-methyl-p-hydroxystyrene is more preferable.
 保護されたカルボキシル基または保護されたフェノール性水酸基を含む構成単位としては、下記の式(2)の構成単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 Aは、水素原子または酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルコキシアルキル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールオキシアルキル基(総炭素数7~40が好ましく、7~30がより好ましく、7~20がさらに好ましい)、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。Aはさらに置換基を有していてもよく、置換基として上記置換基Tの例が挙げられる。R10は置換基を表し、置換基Tの例が挙げられる。Rは式(1)におけるRと同義の基を表す。nxは、0~3の整数を表す。
Examples of the structural unit containing a protected carboxyl group or a protected phenolic hydroxyl group include structural units of the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
A represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. Examples of the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and 2 To 6 are more preferred, and 2 to 3 are more preferred), an aryloxyalkyl group (preferably having a total carbon number of 7 to 40, more preferably 7 to 30 and even more preferably 7 to 20), an alkoxycarbonyl group (having 2 carbon atoms). To 12, preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3, and an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and still more preferably 7 to 11). A may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent T are given as the substituent. R 10 represents a substituent, and examples of the substituent T are given. R 9 represents a group having the same meaning as R 8 in Formula (1). nx represents an integer of 0 to 3.
 酸によって解離する基としては、特開2008-197480号公報の段落番号0039~0049に記載の化合物のうち、酸によって解離する基を含む構成単位も好ましく、また、特開2012-159830号公報(特許第5191567号)の段落番号0052~0056に記載の化合物も好ましく、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the group dissociating with an acid, among the compounds described in paragraphs 0039 to 0049 of JP-A-2008-197480, a structural unit containing a group dissociating with an acid is preferable, and JP-A-2012-159830 ( The compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0052 to 0056 of Japanese Patent No. 5191567) are also preferable, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 構成単位(2)の具体的な例を以下に示すが、本発明がこれにより限定して解釈されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Specific examples of the structural unit (2) are shown below, but the present invention is not construed as being limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 アクリル系重合体中、構成単位(1)または構成単位(2)の割合は、5~80モル%が好ましく、10~70モル%がより好ましく、10~60モル%がさらに好ましい。アクリル系重合体は、構成単位(1)または構成単位(2)を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 In the acrylic polymer, the proportion of the structural unit (1) or the structural unit (2) is preferably 5 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, further preferably 10 to 60 mol%. The acrylic polymer may contain only one type of the structural unit (1) or the structural unit (2), or may contain two or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
 アクリル系重合体は、架橋性基を含む構成単位を含有してもよい。架橋性基の詳細については、特開2011-209692号公報の段落番号0032~0046の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 感光性樹脂は、架橋性基を含む構成単位(構成単位(3))を含んでいる態様も好ましいが、架橋性基を含む構成単位(3)を実質的に含まない構成とすることが好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、パターニング後に、感光層をより効果的に除去することが可能になる。ここで、実質的に含まないとは、例えば、感光性樹脂の全構成単位の3モル%以下をいい、好ましくは1モル%以下をいう。
The acrylic polymer may contain a structural unit containing a crosslinkable group. Details of the crosslinkable group can be referred to the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0032 to 0046 of JP2011-209692A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Although the aspect in which the photosensitive resin contains the structural unit (structural unit (3)) containing a crosslinkable group is also preferable, it is preferable to set it as the structure which does not contain the structural unit (3) containing a crosslinkable group substantially. . With such a configuration, the photosensitive layer can be more effectively removed after patterning. Here, “substantially free” means, for example, 3 mol% or less, preferably 1 mol% or less of all structural units of the photosensitive resin.
 感光性樹脂は、その他の構成単位(構成単位(4))を含有してもよい。構成単位(4)を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体としては、例えば、特開2004-264623号公報の段落番号0021~0024に記載の化合物を挙げることができる。構成単位(4)の好ましい例としては、水酸基含有不飽和カルボン酸エステル、脂環構造含有不飽和カルボン酸エステル、スチレン、および、N置換マレイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種に由来する構成単位が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イルオキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メチルシクロヘキシルのよう脂環構造含有の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類、または、スチレンのような疎水性のモノマーが好ましい。
 構成単位(4)は、1種または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。アクリル系重合体を構成する全モノマー単位中、構成単位(4)を含有させる場合における構成単位(4)を形成するモノマー単位の含有率は、1~60モル%が好ましく、5~50モル%がより好ましく、5~40モル%がさらに好ましい。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The photosensitive resin may contain other structural units (structural unit (4)). Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (4) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0021 to 0024 of JP-A No. 2004-264623. As a preferred example of the structural unit (4), a structural unit derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester, an alicyclic structure-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester, styrene, and an N-substituted maleimide. Is mentioned. Among these, benzyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.02,6] decan-8-yl, (meth) acrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.02,6] Decan-8-yloxyethyl, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid ester containing alicyclic structure such as 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, or styrene Such hydrophobic monomers are preferred.
The structural unit (4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the monomer unit forming the structural unit (4) in the case where the structural unit (4) is included in all monomer units constituting the acrylic polymer is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, and 5 to 50 mol%. Is more preferable, and 5 to 40 mol% is more preferable. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
 アクリル系重合体の合成法については様々な方法が知られているが、一例を挙げると、少なくとも構成単位(1)、構成単位(2)等を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体を含むラジカル重合性単量体混合物を、有機溶剤中、ラジカル重合開始剤を用いて重合することにより合成することができる。
 感光性樹脂としては、不飽和多価カルボン酸無水物類を共重合させた前駆共重合体中の酸無水物基に、2,3-ジヒドロフランを、酸触媒の不存在下、室温(25℃)~100℃程度の温度で付加させることにより得られる共重合体も好ましい。
 以下の樹脂も感光性樹脂の好ましい例として挙げられる。
BzMA/THFMA/t-BuMA(モル比:20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA/THFAA/t-BuMA(モル比:20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA/THPMA/t-BuMA(モル比:20~60:35~65:5~30)
BzMA/PEES/t-BuMA(モル比:20~60:35~65:5~30)
 BzMAは、ベンジルメタクリレートであり、THFMAは、テトラヒドロフラン-2-イル メタクリレートであり、BuMAは、ブチルメタクリレートであり、THFAAは、テトラヒドロフラン-2-イル アクリレートであり、THPMAは、テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル メタクリレートであり、PEESは、p-エトキシエトキシスチレンである。
Various methods are known for synthesizing acrylic polymers. For example, radical polymerizable monomers used to form at least the structural unit (1), the structural unit (2), etc. It can be synthesized by polymerizing a radically polymerizable monomer mixture containing a radical polymerization initiator in an organic solvent.
As the photosensitive resin, 2,3-dihydrofuran was added to the acid anhydride group in the precursor copolymer obtained by copolymerizing unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid anhydrides at room temperature (25 in the absence of an acid catalyst). A copolymer obtained by addition at a temperature of about 100 ° C. to 100 ° C. is also preferable.
The following resins are also preferable examples of the photosensitive resin.
BzMA / THFMA / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20-60: 35-65: 5-30)
BzMA / THFAA / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20 to 60:35 to 65: 5 to 30)
BzMA / THPMA / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20-60: 35-65: 5-30)
BzMA / PEES / t-BuMA (molar ratio: 20-60: 35-65: 5-30)
BzMA is benzyl methacrylate, THFMA is tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate, BuMA is butyl methacrylate, THFAA is tetrahydrofuran-2-yl acrylate, and THPMA is tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2. -Yl methacrylate, PEES is p-ethoxyethoxystyrene.
 ポジ型現像に用いられる感光性樹脂としては、特開2013-011678号公報に記載のものが例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the photosensitive resin used in the positive development are those described in JP2013-011678A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 感光性樹脂組成物中の感光性樹脂の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、20~99質量%であることが好ましく、40~99質量%であることがより好ましく、70~99質量%であることがさらに好ましい。含有量がこの範囲であると、現像した際のパターン形成性が良好となる。感光性樹脂は1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。また、酸反応性樹脂は、感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂成分の10質量%以上を占めることが好ましく、50質量%以上を占めることがより好ましく、90質量%以上を占めることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the photosensitive resin in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 20 to 99% by mass and more preferably 40 to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 70 to 99% by mass is more preferable. When the content is within this range, the pattern formability upon development is good. The photosensitive resin may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range. The acid-reactive resin preferably accounts for 10% by mass or more of the resin component contained in the photosensitive resin composition, more preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more, and more preferably accounts for 90% by mass or more. .
<<光酸発生剤>>
 感光性樹脂組成物は、光酸発生剤を含んでもよい。光酸発生剤は、波長365nmにおいて100mJ/cm以上露光されると80モル%以上分解する光酸発生剤であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤の分解度は、以下の方法によって求めることができる。
 膜厚700nmの化学増幅型感光性樹脂組成物をシリコンウェハ上に製膜し、100℃で1分間加熱し、その後、365nmで100mJ/cm露光し、100℃で1分間加熱した基板を、メタノール/THF=50/50溶液に超音波を当てながら10分浸漬させる。抽出物をHPLC(高速液体クロマトグラフィ)にて分析することで光酸発生剤の分解率を以下の式より算出する。
 分解率(%)=分解物量(mol)/仕込み量(mol)×100
 光酸発生剤としては、波長365nmにおいて、100~250mJ/cm露光したときに、85モル%以上分解するものであることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、オキシムスルホネート基を含む化合物(以下、単にオキシムスルホネート化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。
<< Photoacid generator >>
The photosensitive resin composition may contain a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that decomposes by 80 mol% or more when exposed to 100 mJ / cm 2 or more at a wavelength of 365 nm.
The degree of decomposition of the photoacid generator can be determined by the following method.
A chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition having a film thickness of 700 nm is formed on a silicon wafer, heated at 100 ° C. for 1 minute, then exposed to 100 mJ / cm 2 at 365 nm, and heated at 100 ° C. for 1 minute. Immerse in methanol / THF = 50/50 solution for 10 minutes while applying ultrasonic waves. By analyzing the extract by HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography), the decomposition rate of the photoacid generator is calculated from the following formula.
Decomposition rate (%) = decomposition amount (mol) / charge amount (mol) × 100
The photoacid generator is preferably one that decomposes by 85 mol% or more when exposed to 100 to 250 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm.
The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter also simply referred to as an oxime sulfonate compound).
 オキシムスルホネート化合物は、オキシムスルホネート基を有していれば特に制限はないが、下記式(OS-1)、後述する式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)、または、式(OS-105)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 Xは、アルキル基、アルコキシル基、または、ハロゲン原子を表す。Xが複数存在する場合は、それぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。上記Xにおけるアルキル基およびアルコキシル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。上記Xにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4の、直鎖状または分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。上記Xにおけるアルコキシル基としては、炭素数1~4の直鎖状または分岐状アルコキシル基が好ましい。上記Xにおけるハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子またはフッ素原子が好ましい。
 m3は、0~3の整数を表し、0または1が好ましい。m3が2または3であるとき、複数のXは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R34は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~5のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素数1~5のハロゲン化アルコキシル基、Wで置換されていてもよいフェニル基、Wで置換されていてもよいナフチル基またはWで置換されていてもよいアントラニル基であることが好ましい。Wは、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~5のハロゲン化アルキル基または炭素数1~5のハロゲン化アルコキシル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、炭素数6~20のハロゲン化アリール基を表す。
The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group. However, the following formula (OS-1), formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104), or formula (OS- It is preferable that it is an oxime sulfonate compound represented by 105).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxyl group, or a halogen atom. When a plurality of X 3 are present, they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and alkoxyl group in X 3 may have a substituent. The alkyl group in X 3 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxyl group in X 3 is preferably a linear or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogen atom in X 3 is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, the plurality of X 3 may be the same or different.
R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. And a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or an anthranyl group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
 式中、m3が3であり、Xがメチル基であり、Xの置換位置がオルト位であり、R34が炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、7,7-ジメチル-2-オキソノルボルニルメチル基、または、p-トルイル基である化合物が特に好ましい。 In the formula, m3 is 3, X 3 is a methyl group, the substitution position of X 3 is an ortho position, R 34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2 A compound which is an -oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferable.
 式(OS-1)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、特開2011-209692号公報の段落番号0064~0068、特開2015-194674号公報の段落番号0158~0167に記載された以下の化合物が例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 Rs1はアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、複数存在する場合のあるRs2はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基またはハロゲン原子を表し、複数存在する場合のあるRs6はそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルキルオキシ基、スルホン酸基、アミノスルホニル基またはアルコキシスルホニル基を表し、XsはOまたはSを表し、nsは1または2を表し、msは0~6の整数を表す。
 Rs1で表されるアルキル基(炭素数1~30が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~30が好ましい)またはヘテロアリール基(炭素数4~30が好ましい)は、置換基Tを有していてもよい。
Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by the formula (OS-1) are described in paragraph numbers 0064 to 0068 of JP2011-209692A and paragraph numbers 0158 to 0167 of JP2015-194664A. The following compounds are exemplified and their contents are incorporated herein.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and R s2 , which may be present in plural, independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom, and R s6 that may exist in plural Each independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group, Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents 0 to 6 Represents an integer.
The alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s1 has a substituent T. It may be.
 Rs2は、水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましい)またはアリール基(炭素数6~30が好ましい)であることが好ましく、水素原子またはアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 化合物中に2以上存在する場合のあるRs2のうち、1つまたは2つがアルキル基、アリール基またはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、1つがアルキル基、アリール基またはハロゲン原子であることがより好ましく、1つがアルキル基であり、かつ残りが水素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 Rs2で表されるアルキル基またはアリール基は、置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 XsはOまたはSを表し、Oであることが好ましい。上記式(OS-103)~(OS-105)において、Xsを環員として含む環は、5員環または6員環である。
R s2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
Of R s2 s that may be present in two or more in the compound, one or two are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, more preferably one is an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom. It is particularly preferred that one is an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
The alkyl group or aryl group represented by R s2 may have a substituent T.
Xs represents O or S, and is preferably O. In the above formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
 nsは1または2を表し、XsがOである場合、nsは1であることが好ましく、また、XsがSである場合、nsは2であることが好ましい。
 Rs6で表されるアルキル基(炭素数1~30が好ましい)およびアルキルオキシ基(炭素数1~30が好ましい)は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 msは0~6の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0または1であることがより好ましく、0であることが特に好ましい。
ns represents 1 or 2, and when Xs is O, ns is preferably 1, and when Xs is S, ns is preferably 2.
The alkyl group represented by R s6 (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and the alkyloxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) may have a substituent.
ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
 また、上記式(OS-103)で表される化合物は、下記式(OS-106)、(OS-110)または(OS-111)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましく、上記式(OS-104)で表される化合物は、下記式(OS-107)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましく、上記式(OS-105)で表される化合物は、下記式(OS-108)または(OS-109)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 Rt1はアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、Rt7は、水素原子または臭素原子を表し、Rt8は水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、クロロメチル基、ブロモメチル基、ブロモエチル基、メトキシメチル基、フェニル基またはクロロフェニル基を表し、Rt9は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、メチル基またはメトキシ基を表し、Rt2は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
 Rt7は、水素原子または臭素原子を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 Rt8は、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、クロロメチル基、ブロモメチル基、ブロモエチル基、メトキシメチル基、フェニル基またはクロロフェニル基を表し、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子またはフェニル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることがさらに好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 Rt9は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、メチル基またはメトキシ基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 Rt2は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 また、上記オキシムスルホネート化合物において、オキシムの立体構造(E,Z)については、どちらか一方であっても、混合物であってもよい。
 上記式(OS-103)~(OS-105)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、特開2011-209692号公報の段落番号0088~0095、特開2015-194674号公報の段落番号0168~0194に記載の化合物が例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), (OS-110) or (OS-111). The compound represented by OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is represented by the following formula (OS-108). ) Or (OS-109) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl A group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, A halogen atom or a phenyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the oxime sulfonate compound, the oxime steric structure (E, Z) may be either one or a mixture.
Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105) include paragraph numbers 0088 to 0095 in JP2011-209692A and paragraph numbers in JP2015-194673A. The compounds described in 0168 to 0194 are exemplified, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 オキシムスルホネート基を少なくとも1つを含むオキシムスルホネート化合物の好適な他の態様としては、下記式(OS-101)、(OS-102)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 Ru9は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシル基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、シアノ基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す。Ru9がシアノ基またはアリール基である態様がより好ましく、Ru9がシアノ基、フェニル基またはナフチル基である態様がさらに好ましい。
 Ru2aは、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 Xuは、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NRu5-、-CH-、-CRu6H-または-CRu6u7-を表し、Ru5~Ru7はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 Ru1~Ru4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシル基、アミノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アミド基、スルホ基、シアノ基またはアリール基を表す。Ru1~Ru4のうちの2つがそれぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。このとき、環が縮環してベンゼン環ともに縮合環を形成していてもよい。
 Ru1~Ru4としては、水素原子、ハロゲン原子またはアルキル基が好ましく、また、Ru1~Ru4のうちの少なくとも2つが互いに結合してアリール基を形成する態様も好ましい。中でも、Ru1~Ru4がいずれも水素原子である態様が好ましい。
 上記した置換基は、いずれも、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。
 上記式(OS-101)で表される化合物は、式(OS-102)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
 また、上記オキシムスルホネート化合物において、オキシムやベンゾチアゾール環の立体構造(E,Z等)についてはそれぞれ、どちらか一方であっても、混合物であってもよい。
 式(OS-101)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特開2011-209692号公報の段落番号0102~0106、特開2015-194674号公報の段落番号0195~0207に記載の化合物が例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 上記化合物の中でも、b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33が好ましい。
 市販品としては、WPAG-336(和光純薬工業(株)製)、WPAG-443(、和光純薬工業(株)製)、MBZ-101(みどり化学(株)製)等を挙げることができる。
Other preferred embodiments of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group include compounds represented by the following formulas (OS-101) and (OS-102).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. An embodiment in which R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an embodiment in which R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group is more preferable.
R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
Xu is, -O -, - S -, - NH -, - NR u5 -, - CH 2 -, - CR u6 H- or -CR u6 R u7 - represents, in each of R u5 ~ R u7 independently, Represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
R u1 to R u4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxyl group, amino group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, amide group, sulfo group, cyano group or aryl. Represents a group. 2 in turn, each may be bonded to each other to form a ring of the R u1 ~ R u4. At this time, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring together with the benzene ring.
R u1 to R u4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and an embodiment in which at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferred. In particular, an embodiment in which R u1 to R u4 are all hydrogen atoms is preferable.
Any of the above-described substituents may further have a substituent.
The compound represented by the formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102).
In the oxime sulfonate compound, the steric structure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be either one or a mixture.
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0102 to 0106 of JP2011-209692A and paragraph numbers 0195 to 0207 of JP2015-194664A. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
Among the above compounds, b-9, b-16, b-31 and b-33 are preferable.
Examples of commercially available products include WPAG-336 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), WPAG-443 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like. it can.
 活性光線に感応する光酸発生剤として1,2-キノンジアジド化合物を含まないものが好ましい。その理由は、1,2-キノンジアジド化合物は、逐次型光化学反応によりカルボキシル基を生成するが、その量子収率は1以下であり、オキシムスルホネート化合物に比べて感度が低いためである。
 これに対して、オキシムスルホネート化合物は、活性光線に感応して生成する酸が保護された酸基の脱保護に対して触媒として作用するので、1個の光量子の作用で生成した酸が、多数の脱保護反応に寄与し、量子収率は1を超え、例えば、10の数乗のような大きい値となり、いわゆる化学増幅の結果として、高感度が得られると推測される。
 また、オキシムスルホネート化合物は、広がりのあるπ共役系を有しているため、長波長側にまで吸収を有しており、遠紫外線(DUV)、ArF線、KrF線、i線のみならず、g線においても非常に高い感度を示す。
 上記感光性樹脂における酸分解性基としてテトラヒドロフラニル基を用いることにより、アセタールまたはケタールに比べ同等またはそれ以上の酸分解性を得ることができる。これにより、より短時間のポストベークで確実に酸分解性基を消費することができる。さらに、光酸発生剤であるオキシムスルホネート化合物を組み合わせて用いることで、スルホン酸発生速度が上がるため、酸の生成が促進され、樹脂の酸分解性基の分解が促進される。また、オキシムスルホネート化合物が分解することで得られる酸は、分子の小さいスルホン酸であることから、硬化膜中での拡散性も高く、より高感度化することができる。
 光酸発生剤は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~20質量%使用することが好ましく、0.5~18質量%使用することがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%使用することがさらに好ましく、0.5~3質量%使用することが一層好ましく、0.5~1.2質量%使用することがより一層好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種を単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
As the photoacid generator sensitive to actinic rays, those which do not contain a 1,2-quinonediazide compound are preferred. The reason is that the 1,2-quinonediazide compound generates a carboxyl group by a sequential photochemical reaction, but its quantum yield is 1 or less and is less sensitive than the oxime sulfonate compound.
In contrast, the oxime sulfonate compound acts as a catalyst for the deprotection of an acid group protected in response to an actinic ray, so that a large number of acids generated by the action of one photon are present. It contributes to the deprotection reaction, and the quantum yield exceeds 1, for example, a large value such as a power of 10, and it is estimated that high sensitivity is obtained as a result of so-called chemical amplification.
In addition, since the oxime sulfonate compound has a broad π-conjugated system, it has absorption up to the long wavelength side, and not only deep ultraviolet rays (DUV), ArF rays, KrF rays, i rays, It shows very high sensitivity even in the g-line.
By using a tetrahydrofuranyl group as an acid-decomposable group in the photosensitive resin, an acid-decomposability equivalent to or higher than that of an acetal or ketal can be obtained. Thereby, an acid-decomposable group can be consumed reliably in a shorter post-bake. Furthermore, by using the oxime sulfonate compound that is a photoacid generator in combination, the sulfonic acid generation rate is increased, so that the generation of acid is accelerated and the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group of the resin is accelerated. Moreover, since the acid obtained by decomposing | disassembling an oxime sulfonate compound is a sulfonic acid with a small molecule | numerator, the diffusibility in a cured film is also high, and it can make more highly sensitive.
The photoacid generator is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 18% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is further preferable to use 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 3% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5 to 1.2% by mass.
A photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<その他の成分>>
 感光性樹脂組成物は、その他の成分も含んでいてもよい。
<<有機溶剤>>
 感光性樹脂組成物は、有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 感光性樹脂の他、光酸発生剤、および、各種添加剤の任意成分は、有機溶剤に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。
 感光性樹脂組成物に使用される有機溶剤としては、公知の有機溶剤を用いることができ、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、エステル類、ケトン類、アミド類、ラクトン類等が例示できる。
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、(1)エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル等のエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;(2)エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジプロピルエーテル等のエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;(3)エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート等のエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;(4)プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル等のプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;(5)プロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジエチルエーテル等のプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;(6)プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート等のプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;(7)ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル等のジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;(8)ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート等のジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;(9)ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル等のジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;(10)ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル等のジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;(11)ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート等のジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;(12)乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸n-プロピル、乳酸イソプロピル、乳酸n-ブチル、乳酸イソブチル、乳酸n-アミル、乳酸イソアミル等の乳酸エステル類;(13)酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸n-アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸n-ヘキシル、酢酸2-エチルヘキシル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸n-プロピル、プロピオン酸イソプロピル、プロピオン酸n-ブチル、プロピオン酸イソブチル、酪酸メチル、酪酸エチル、酪酸n-プロピル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸n-ブチル、酪酸イソブチル等の脂肪族カルボン酸エステル類;(14)ヒドロキシ酢酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチル酪酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルプロピオネート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルブチレート、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル等の他のエステル類;(15)メチルエチルケトン、メチルプロピルケトン、メチル-n-ブチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン類;(16)N-メチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド類;(17)γ-ブチロラクトン等のラクトン類等を挙げることができる。
 また、これらの有機溶剤にさらに必要に応じて、ベンジルエチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、イソホロン、カプロン酸、カプリル酸、1-オクタノール、1-ノナノール、ベンジルアルコール、アニソール、酢酸ベンジル、安息香酸エチル、シュウ酸ジエチル、マレイン酸ジエチル、炭酸エチレン、炭酸プロピレン等の有機溶剤を添加することもできる。
 上記した有機溶剤のうち、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、または、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類が好ましく、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、または、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートが特に好ましい。
 感光性樹脂組成物が、有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂100質量部当たり、1~3,000質量部であることが好ましく、5~2,000質量部であることがより好ましく、10~1,500質量部であることがさらに好ましい。
 これら有機溶剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
 2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 さらに、液保存安定性の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物が、塩基性化合物を含むことが好ましく、塗布性の観点から界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。
<< Other ingredients >>
The photosensitive resin composition may also contain other components.
<< Organic solvent >>
The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains an organic solvent.
In addition to the photosensitive resin, the photoacid generator and optional components of various additives are preferably prepared as a solution dissolved in an organic solvent.
As the organic solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition, known organic solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether. , Propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate , Esters, ketones, amides, lactones and the like.
Examples of the organic solvent include (1) ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether; (2) ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl Ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as ether and ethylene glycol dipropyl ether; (3) ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate Acetates; (4) propylene glycol Propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether; (5) Propylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as propylene glycol dimethyl ether and propylene glycol diethyl ether; (6) Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate; (7) diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, die Diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as lenglycol ethyl methyl ether; (8) diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate; (9) dipropylene Dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether; (10) dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene (11) Dipropylene such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (12) Lactic acid esters such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, isopropyl lactate, n-butyl lactate, isobutyl lactate, n-amyl lactate, isoamyl lactate; (13) n acetate -Butyl, isobutyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, n-hexyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, ethyl propionate, n-propyl propionate, Aliphatic carboxylic acid esters such as isopropyl lopionate, n-butyl propionate, isobutyl propionate, methyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, n-propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate; (14) ethyl hydroxyacetate , Ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutyrate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate , Ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutylpropionate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl butyrate, methyl acetoacetate Acetoacetic acid Other esters such as chill, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate; (15) such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl-n-butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone Ketones; (16) amides such as N-methylformamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone; (17) lactones such as γ-butyrolactone, etc. Can be mentioned.
In addition, these organic solvents may further contain benzyl ethyl ether, dihexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, isophorone, caproic acid, caprylic acid, 1-octanol, 1-octanol, if necessary. Organic solvents such as nonanol, benzyl alcohol, anisole, benzyl acetate, ethyl benzoate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, ethylene carbonate, and propylene carbonate can also be added.
Of the organic solvents described above, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates or diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers are preferable, and diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is particularly preferable.
When the photosensitive resin composition contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent is preferably 1 to 3,000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin, and is 5 to 2,000 parts by mass. More preferred is 10 to 1,500 parts by mass.
These organic solvents can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of liquid storage stability, the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a basic compound, and preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of coatability.
<<塩基性化合物>>
 感光性樹脂組成物は塩基性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 塩基性化合物としては、化学増幅レジストで用いられるものの中から任意に選択して使用することができる。例えば、脂肪族アミン、芳香族アミン、複素環式アミン、第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシド、および、カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。
 脂肪族アミンとしては、例えば、トリメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、ジ-n-プロピルアミン、トリ-n-プロピルアミン、ジ-n-ペンチルアミン、トリ-n-ペンチルアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルメチルアミンなどが挙げられる。
 芳香族アミンとしては、例えば、アニリン、ベンジルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、ジフェニルアミンなどが挙げられる。
 複素環式アミンとしては、例えば、ピリジン、2-メチルピリジン、4-メチルピリジン、2-エチルピリジン、4-エチルピリジン、2-フェニルピリジン、4-フェニルピリジン、N-メチル-4-フェニルピリジン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、イミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルベンズイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、ニコチン、ニコチン酸、ニコチン酸アミド、キノリン、8-オキシキノリン、ピラジン、ピラゾール、ピリダジン、プリン、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、シクロヘキシルモルホリノエチルチオウレア、ピペラジン、モルホリン、4-メチルモルホリン、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.3.0]-7-ウンデセンなどが挙げられる。
 第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシドとしては、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ-n-ヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシドなどが挙げられる。
 カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩としては、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムアセテート、テトラメチルアンモニウムベンゾエート、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムアセテート、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムベンゾエートなどが挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物が、塩基性化合物を含む場合、塩基性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂100質量部に対して、0.001~1質量部であることが好ましく、0.002~0.5質量部であることがより好ましい。
 塩基性化合物は、1種を単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよいが、2種以上を併用することが好ましく、2種を併用することがより好ましく、複素環式アミンを2種併用することがさらに好ましい。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< basic compound >>
The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a basic compound.
The basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples thereof include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, and quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids.
Examples of aliphatic amines include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and dicyclohexylamine. , Dicyclohexylmethylamine and the like.
Examples of the aromatic amine include aniline, benzylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine and the like.
Examples of the heterocyclic amine include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, nicotine, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, pyrazine, Pyrazole, pyridazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, cyclohexylmorpholinoethylthiourea, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] -5-nonene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.3 .0] Such as 7-undecene and the like.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of carboxylic acid include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate and the like.
When the photosensitive resin composition contains a basic compound, the content of the basic compound is preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass, and 0.002 to 0 parts per 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin. More preferably, it is 5 parts by mass.
The basic compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more, preferably in combination of two or more, more preferably in combination of two, heterocyclic amine More preferably, two of these are used in combination. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 感光性樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。
 界面活性剤としては、アニオン系、カチオン系、ノニオン系、または、両性のいずれでも使用することができるが、好ましい界面活性剤はノニオン系界面活性剤である。
 ノニオン系界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル類、フッ素系、シリコーン系界面活性剤を挙げることができる。
 界面活性剤として、フッ素系界面活性剤、またはシリコーン系界面活性剤を含むことがより好ましい。
 これらのフッ素系界面活性剤、または、シリコーン系界面活性剤として、例えば、特開昭62-036663号、特開昭61-226746号、特開昭61-226745号、特開昭62-170950号、特開昭63-034540号、特開平07-230165号、特開平08-062834号、特開平09-054432号、特開平09-005988号、特開2001-330953号の各公報に記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、市販の界面活性剤を用いることもできる。
 使用できる市販の界面活性剤として、例えば、エフトップEF301、EF303(以上、新秋田化成(株)製)、フロラードFC430、431(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、R08(以上、DIC(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF-6320等のPolyFoxシリーズ(OMNOVA社製)などのフッ素系界面活性剤またはシリコーン系界面活性剤を挙げることができる。また、ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)も、シリコーン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。
<< Surfactant >>
It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains a surfactant.
As the surfactant, any of anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric surfactants can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, fluorine-based and silicone surfactants. .
More preferably, the surfactant includes a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant.
As these fluorosurfactants or silicone surfactants, for example, JP-A-62-036663, JP-A-61-226746, JP-A-61-226745, JP-A-62-170950 are disclosed. The interfaces described in JP-A-63-03540, JP-A-07-230165, JP-A-08-062834, JP-A-09-054432, JP-A-09-005988, and JP-A-2001-330953. An activator can be mentioned and a commercially available surfactant can also be used.
Examples of commercially available surfactants that can be used include EFTOP EF301, EF303 (above, Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.), Florard FC430, 431 (above, made by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), MegaFuck F171, F173, F176. , F189, R08 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF-6320, etc. PolyFox series (OMNOVA) Fluorine-based surfactant or silicone-based surfactant. Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicone surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤として、下記式(41)で表される構成単位Aおよび構成単位Bを含み、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)を溶剤とした場合のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィで測定されるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)が1,000以上10,000以下である共重合体を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式中、R41およびR43はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R42は炭素数1以上4以下の直鎖アルキレン基を表し、R44は水素原子または炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基を表し、Lは炭素数3以上6以下のアルキレン基を表し、p4およびq4は重合比を表す質量百分率であり、p4は10質量%以上80質量%以下の数値を表し、q4は20質量%以上90質量%以下の数値を表し、r4は1以上18以下の整数を表し、n4は1以上10以下の整数を表す。)
 上記Lは、下記式(42)で表される分岐アルキレン基であることが好ましい。式(42)におけるR45は、炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基を表し、被塗布面に対する濡れ性の点で、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数2または3のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 -CH-CH(R45)-   (42)
 上記共重合体の重量平均分子量は、1,500以上5,000以下であることがより好ましい。
 界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の添加量は、感光性樹脂100質量部に対して、10質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.01~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.01~1質量部であることがさらに好ましい。
 界面活性剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を混合して使用することができる。2種以上用いる場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
In addition, as a surfactant, it contains a structural unit A and a structural unit B represented by the following formula (41), and is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent. A preferred example is a copolymer having (Mw) of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(In the formula, R 41 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 42 represents a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 44 represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. represents an alkyl group, L 4 represents an alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, p4 and q4 is the mass percentage representing the polymerization ratio, p4 represents the following numbers 80 wt% to 10 wt%, q4 represents a numerical value of 20% by mass to 90% by mass, r4 represents an integer of 1 to 18 and n4 represents an integer of 1 to 10.
L 4 is preferably a branched alkylene group represented by the following formula (42). R 45 in the formula (42) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of wettability with respect to the coated surface, and an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. Groups are more preferred.
—CH 2 —CH (R 45 ) — (42)
The weight average molecular weight of the copolymer is more preferably 1,500 or more and 5,000 or less.
When a surfactant is included, the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photosensitive resin. More preferably, the content is 0.01 to 1 part by mass.
Surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
<<その他>>
 さらに、必要に応じて、酸化防止剤、可塑剤、熱ラジカル発生剤、熱酸発生剤、酸増殖剤、紫外線吸収剤、増粘剤、および、有機または無機の沈殿防止剤などの公知の添加剤を、それぞれ、1種または2種以上加えることができる。これらの詳細は、特開2011-209692号公報の段落番号0143~0148の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Other >>
Furthermore, known additions such as antioxidants, plasticizers, thermal radical generators, thermal acid generators, acid multipliers, UV absorbers, thickeners, and organic or inorganic suspending agents are added as necessary. One or more agents can be added, respectively. Details of these can be referred to the description of paragraph numbers 0143 to 0148 of JP2011-209692A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
<キット>
 感光性樹脂組成物は、水溶性樹脂を含む水溶性樹脂組成物と組み合わせてキットとしてもよい。水溶性樹脂層および感光層は、この順に有機半導体層等の部材の表面に形成されていることが好ましい。さらには、有機半導体層加工用のキットとして用いることが好ましい。このとき、具体的態様として上述した感光性樹脂組成物の各成分および水溶性樹脂組成物の各成分を適用することが好ましい。本発明においては、さらに有機半導体形成用組成物を組み合わせたキットとしてもよい。組成物の具体的態様としては、上述した有機半導体およびその組成物の各成分を適用することが好ましい。
<Kit>
The photosensitive resin composition may be combined with a water-soluble resin composition containing a water-soluble resin as a kit. The water-soluble resin layer and the photosensitive layer are preferably formed on the surface of a member such as an organic semiconductor layer in this order. Furthermore, it is preferably used as a kit for processing an organic semiconductor layer. At this time, it is preferable to apply each component of the photosensitive resin composition and each component of the water-soluble resin composition described above as specific embodiments. In this invention, it is good also as a kit which combined the composition for organic-semiconductor formation further. As a specific aspect of the composition, it is preferable to apply the above-described organic semiconductor and each component of the composition.
<有機半導体層のパターニング方法>
 本発明において好適に採用できるパターニング方法として下記の形態を挙げることができる。以下有機半導体層の加工(パターニング)を例にとって示すが、有機半導体層以外の層のパターニングにも利用できる。
 本実施形態の有機半導体層のパターニング方法は、
(1)有機半導体層の上に、水溶性樹脂層を製膜する工程、
(2)水溶性樹脂層の有機半導体層と反対側の上に、感光層を製膜する工程、
(3)感光層を露光する工程、
(4)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像しマスクパターンを作製する工程、
(5)ドライエッチング処理にて少なくとも非マスク部の水溶性樹脂層および有機半導体層を除去する工程、
(6)水溶性樹脂層を水で溶解除去する工程、
を含む。
<Organic semiconductor layer patterning method>
Examples of patterning methods that can be suitably employed in the present invention include the following forms. Hereinafter, processing (patterning) of the organic semiconductor layer will be described as an example, but it can also be used for patterning of layers other than the organic semiconductor layer.
The patterning method of the organic semiconductor layer of this embodiment is
(1) forming a water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer;
(2) forming a photosensitive layer on the side of the water-soluble resin layer opposite to the organic semiconductor layer;
(3) a step of exposing the photosensitive layer;
(4) a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent to produce a mask pattern;
(5) a step of removing at least the non-masked water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer by dry etching treatment;
(6) A step of dissolving and removing the water-soluble resin layer with water,
including.
<<(1)有機半導体層の上に、水溶性樹脂層を製膜する工程>>
 本実施形態の有機半導体層のパターニング方法は、有機半導体層の上に水溶性樹脂層を製膜する工程を含む。通常は、基板の上に有機半導体層を製膜した後に、本工程を行う。この場合、水溶性樹脂層は、有機半導体の基板側の面と反対側の面に製膜する。水溶性樹脂層は、通常、有機半導体層の表面に設けられるが、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で他の層を設けてもよい。具体的には、水溶性の下塗り層等が挙げられる。また、水溶性樹脂層は1層のみ設けられていてもよいし、2層以上設けられていてもよい。水溶性樹脂層は、上述のとおり、好ましくは、水溶性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される。
<< (1) Step of forming a water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer >>
The patterning method of the organic semiconductor layer of this embodiment includes a step of forming a water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer. Usually, this process is performed after forming an organic semiconductor layer on a substrate. In this case, the water-soluble resin layer is formed on the surface opposite to the surface of the organic semiconductor on the substrate side. The water-soluble resin layer is usually provided on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer, but other layers may be provided without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Specific examples include a water-soluble undercoat layer. Further, only one water-soluble resin layer may be provided, or two or more layers may be provided. As described above, the water-soluble resin layer is preferably formed using a water-soluble resin composition.
<<(2)水溶性樹脂層の有機半導体層と反対側の上に、感光層を製膜する工程>>
 上記(1)の工程後、水溶性樹脂層の有機半導体層側の面と反対側の上(好ましくは表面に)に、感光性樹脂組成物を用いて感光層を形成する。感光層は、上述のとおり、好ましくは、感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成され、より好ましくは、感光性樹脂と光酸発生剤を含む、化学増幅型感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される。
 化学増幅型感光性樹脂組成物は、光酸発生剤を含み、露光すると酸が発生し、レジストに含まれる感光性樹脂が反応し、パターニングが可能となり感光層として機能する。
 感光性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~40質量%であり、好ましくは10~35質量%であり、より好ましくは16~28質量%である。固形分濃度を上記範囲とすることで、感光性樹脂組成物を水溶性樹脂層上に均一に塗布することができ、さらには高解像性および矩形なプロファイルを含むレジストパターンを形成することが可能になる。固形分濃度とは、感光性樹脂組成物の総質量に対する、有機溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の百分率である。
<< (2) Step of forming a photosensitive layer on the side opposite to the organic semiconductor layer of the water-soluble resin layer >>
After the step (1), a photosensitive layer is formed using a photosensitive resin composition on the opposite side (preferably on the surface) of the water-soluble resin layer to the surface on the organic semiconductor layer side. As described above, the photosensitive layer is preferably formed using a photosensitive resin composition, and more preferably formed using a chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition containing a photosensitive resin and a photoacid generator. The
The chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition contains a photoacid generator. When exposed to light, an acid is generated, and the photosensitive resin contained in the resist reacts to allow patterning and functions as a photosensitive layer.
The solid content concentration of the photosensitive resin composition is usually 1.0 to 40% by mass, preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 16 to 28% by mass. By setting the solid content concentration in the above range, the photosensitive resin composition can be uniformly applied on the water-soluble resin layer, and further, a resist pattern including a high resolution and a rectangular profile can be formed. It becomes possible. The solid content concentration is a percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the organic solvent with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition.
<<(3)感光層を露光する工程>>
 (2)の工程で感光層を製膜後、上記感光層を露光する。具体的には、感光層に所定のパターンを含むマスクを介して活性光線を照射する。露光は1回のみ行ってもよく、複数回行ってもよい。
 具体的には、感光性樹脂組成物の乾燥塗膜を設けた基板に、所定のパターンとなるように活性光線を照射する。露光はマスクを介して行ってもよいし、所定のパターンを直接描画してもよい。活性光線は、好ましくは180nm以上450nm以下の波長、より好ましくは365nm(i線)、248nm(KrF線)または193nm(ArF線)の波長を有する活性光線を使用することができる。この工程の後、必要に応じて露光後加熱工程(PEB)を行ってもよい。
 活性光線による露光には、低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、レーザ発生装置、発光ダイオード(LED)光源などを用いることができる。
 水銀灯を用いる場合には、g線(436nm)、i線(365nm)、h線(405nm)などの波長を有する活性光線を好ましく使用することができる。本発明においては、i線を用いることがその効果が好適に発揮されるため好ましい。
 レーザを用いる場合には、固体(YAG)レーザでは343nm、355nmの波長が好適に用いられ、エキシマレーザでは、193nm(ArF線)、248nm(KrF線)、351nm(Xe線)が好適に用いられ、さらに半導体レーザでは375nm、405nmが好適に用いられる。この中でも、安定性、コスト等の点から355nm、405nmがより好ましい。レーザは、1回あるいは複数回に分けて、感光層に照射することができる。
 露光量は、40~120mJが好ましく、60~100mJがより好ましい。
 レーザの1パルス当たりのエネルギー密度は、0.1mJ/cm以上10,000mJ/cm以下であることが好ましい。塗膜を十分に硬化させるには、0.3mJ/cm以上がより好ましく、0.5mJ/cm以上がさらに好ましい。アブレーション現象により塗膜を分解させないようにするには、1,000mJ/cm以下がより好ましく、100mJ/cm以下がさらに好ましい。
 また、パルス幅は、0.1ナノ秒(以下、「nsec」と称する)以上30,000nsec以下であることが好ましい。アブレーション現象により色塗膜を分解させないようにするには、0.5nsec以上がより好ましく、1nsec以上が一層好ましい。スキャン露光の際に合わせ精度を向上させるには、1,000nsec以下がより好ましく、50nsec以下がさらに好ましい。
 レーザの周波数は、1Hz以上50,000Hz以下が好ましく、10Hz以上1,000Hz以下がより好ましい。
 さらに、露光処理時間を短くするには、レーザの周波数は、10Hz以上がより好ましく、100Hz以上がさらに好ましく、スキャン露光の際に合わせ精度を向上させるには、10,000Hz以下がより好ましく、1,000Hz以下がさらに好ましい。
 レーザは、水銀灯と比べると焦点を絞ることが容易であり、露光工程でのパターン形成のマスクが不要でコストダウンできるという点で好ましい。
 露光装置としては、特に制限はないが、市販されているものとしては、Callisto((株)ブイ・テクノロジー製)、AEGIS((株)ブイ・テクノロジー製)、DF2200G(大日本スクリーン製造(株)製)などを使用することが可能である。また上記以外の装置も好適に用いられる。
 また、必要に応じて、長波長カットフィルタ、短波長カットフィルタ、バンドパスフィルタのような分光フィルタを通して、照射光量を調整することもできる。
<< (3) Step of exposing photosensitive layer >>
After forming the photosensitive layer in the step (2), the photosensitive layer is exposed. Specifically, the photosensitive layer is irradiated with actinic rays through a mask including a predetermined pattern. Exposure may be performed only once or multiple times.
Specifically, actinic rays are irradiated so that it may become a predetermined pattern to the board | substrate which provided the dry coating film of the photosensitive resin composition. Exposure may be performed through a mask, or a predetermined pattern may be drawn directly. As the actinic ray, an actinic ray having a wavelength of preferably 180 nm or more and 450 nm or less, more preferably 365 nm (i line), 248 nm (KrF line) or 193 nm (ArF line) can be used. After this step, a post-exposure heating step (PEB) may be performed as necessary.
For exposure with actinic rays, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a laser generator, a light emitting diode (LED) light source, or the like can be used.
When a mercury lamp is used, actinic rays having wavelengths such as g-line (436 nm), i-line (365 nm), and h-line (405 nm) can be preferably used. In the present invention, it is preferable to use i-line because the effect is suitably exhibited.
When a laser is used, wavelengths of 343 nm and 355 nm are preferably used for a solid (YAG) laser, and 193 nm (ArF line), 248 nm (KrF line), and 351 nm (Xe line) are preferably used for an excimer laser. Further, 375 nm and 405 nm are preferably used in the semiconductor laser. Among these, 355 nm and 405 nm are more preferable from the viewpoints of stability and cost. The laser can be applied to the photosensitive layer in one or more times.
The exposure amount is preferably 40 to 120 mJ, and more preferably 60 to 100 mJ.
The energy density per pulse of the laser is preferably 0.1 mJ / cm 2 or more and 10,000 mJ / cm 2 or less. In order to sufficiently cure the coating film, 0.3 mJ / cm 2 or more is more preferable, and 0.5 mJ / cm 2 or more is more preferable. To prevent to decompose the coating film by ablation phenomenon, more preferably 1,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, 100 mJ / cm 2 or less is more preferred.
The pulse width is preferably 0.1 nanosecond (hereinafter referred to as “nsec”) or more and 30,000 nsec or less. In order to prevent the color coating film from being decomposed by the ablation phenomenon, 0.5 nsec or more is more preferable, and 1 nsec or more is more preferable. In order to improve the alignment accuracy at the time of scan exposure, 1,000 nsec or less is more preferable, and 50 nsec or less is further preferable.
The frequency of the laser is preferably 1 Hz or more and 50,000 Hz or less, and more preferably 10 Hz or more and 1,000 Hz or less.
Furthermore, in order to shorten the exposure processing time, the frequency of the laser is more preferably 10 Hz or more, further preferably 100 Hz or more, and in order to improve the alignment accuracy during the scan exposure, it is more preferably 10,000 Hz or less. More preferably, it is not more than 1,000 Hz.
The laser is preferable in that it can be easily focused as compared with a mercury lamp, and a mask for forming a pattern in the exposure process is unnecessary and the cost can be reduced.
There are no particular restrictions on the exposure apparatus, but commercially available devices include Callisto (buoy technology), AEGIS (buoy technology), DF2200G (Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.). Etc.) can be used. Further, devices other than those described above are also preferably used.
If necessary, the amount of irradiation light can be adjusted through a spectral filter such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, or a band pass filter.
<<(4)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像しマスクパターンを作製する工程>>
 (3)の工程で感光層をマスクを介して露光後、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機現像液と表すこともある)を用いて現像する。現像はネガ型が好ましい。現像液に含まれる溶剤のsp値は、19MPa1/2未満であることが好ましく、18MPa1/2以下であることがより好ましい。
 現像液が含む有機溶剤としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アミド系溶剤等の極性溶剤、および炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等を挙げることができる。
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等を使用することができる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 上記有機溶剤は、1種のみでも、2種以上用いてもよい。また、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。但し、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。ここでの実質的とは、例えば、現像液全体としての含水率が3質量%以下であり、より好ましくは測定限界以下であることをいう。
 すなわち、有機現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 特に、有機現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤およびアミド系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 また、有機現像液は、必要に応じて塩基性化合物を適当量含有していてもよい。塩基性化合物の例としては、上記の塩基性化合物の項で述べたものを挙げることができる。
 有機現像液の蒸気圧は、23℃において、5kPa以下であることが好ましく、3kPa以下がより好ましく、2kPa以下がさらに好ましい。有機現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が改善する。
 5kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する溶剤の具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等のアミド系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 特に好ましい範囲である2kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する溶剤の具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等のアミド系溶剤、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 現像液には、必要に応じて1種または2種以上の界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、上記の水溶性樹脂組成物の項で述べた界面活性剤が好ましく用いられる。
 現像液に界面活性剤を配合する場合、その配合量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%であり、好ましくは0.005~2質量%であり、より好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液を感光層に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は、好ましくは2mL/秒/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/秒/mm以下、さらに好ましくは1mL/秒/mm以下である。吐出圧の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/秒/mm以上が好ましい。吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。
 このメカニズムの詳細は定かではないが、恐らくは、吐出圧を上記範囲とすることで、現像液が感光層に与える圧力が小さくなり、感光層上のレジストパターンが不用意に削られたり崩れたりすることが抑制されるためと考えられる。
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/秒/mm)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の有機溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
<< (4) Step of developing mask pattern by developing using developer containing organic solvent >>
In the step (3), the photosensitive layer is exposed through a mask, and then developed using a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an organic developer). Development is preferably a negative type. Sp value of the solvent contained in the developer is preferably less than 19 MPa 1/2, and more preferably 18 MPa 1/2 or less.
As the organic solvent contained in the developer, polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, amide solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
Examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, Examples include methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc. Can be mentioned.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, you may mix and use with organic solvents other than the above. However, the water content of the whole developer is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. The term “substantially” as used herein means, for example, that the water content of the entire developing solution is 3% by mass or less, and more preferably the measurement limit or less.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
In particular, the organic developer preferably contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, and amide solvents.
The organic developer may contain an appropriate amount of a basic compound as required. Examples of the basic compound include those described in the above basic compound section.
The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and further preferably 2 kPa or less at 23 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and as a result, dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Will improve.
Specific examples of the solvent having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone and diisobutyl. Ketone solvents such as ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylisobutylketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, Ester solvents such as butyl acid, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, amide solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, toluene, xylene And aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as octane and decane.
Specific examples of the solvent having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, Ketone solvents such as methylcyclohexanone and phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, Ester solvents such as 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, N-methyl-2- Pyrrolidone, N, N- dimethylacetamide, N, amide solvents such as N- dimethylformamide, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents decane.
An appropriate amount of one or more surfactants can be added to the developer as required.
Although it does not specifically limit as surfactant, For example, surfactant described in the item of said water-soluble resin composition is used preferably.
When a surfactant is blended in the developer, the blending amount is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0, based on the total amount of the developer. 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
As a development method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
When the above-mentioned various development methods include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the photosensitive layer, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is , Preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and even more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit of the discharge pressure, 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput. By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer to be in the above range, pattern defects derived from the resist residue after development can be remarkably reduced.
The details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure in the above range, the pressure applied to the photosensitive layer by the developer is reduced, and the resist pattern on the photosensitive layer is inadvertently scraped or broken. This is considered to be suppressed.
The developer discharge pressure (mL / second / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
Moreover, you may implement the process of stopping image development, after substituting with another organic solvent after the process developed using the developing solution containing the organic solvent.
<<(5)ドライエッチング処理にて少なくとも非マスク部の水溶性樹脂層および有機半導体層を除去する工程>>
 感光層を現像してマスクパターンを作製した後、エッチング処理にて少なくとも非マスク部の上記水溶性樹脂層および上記有機半導体層を除去する。非マスク部とは、感光層を露光してマスクパターンを作製する際のマスクにより露光されていない箇所を表す。
 具体的には、ドライエッチングは、レジストパターンをエッチングマスクとして、少なくとも水溶性樹脂層および有機半導体層をドライエッチングする。ドライエッチングの代表的な例としては、特開昭59-126506号公報、特開昭59-046628号公報、特開58-009108号公報、特開58-002809号公報、特開57-148706号公報、特開61-041102号公報に記載の方法がある。
 ドライエッチングとしては、パターン断面をより矩形に近く形成する観点や有機半導体層へのダメージをより低減する観点から、以下の形態で行なうのが好ましい。
 フッ素系ガスと酸素ガス(O)との混合ガスを用い、有機半導体層が露出しない領域(深さ)までエッチングを行なう第1段階のエッチングと、この第1段階のエッチングの後に、窒素ガス(N)と酸素ガス(O)との混合ガスを用い、好ましくは有機半導体層が露出するち領域(深さ)付近までエッチングを行なう第2段階のエッチングと、有機半導体層が露出した後に行なうオーバーエッチングとを含む形態が好ましい。以下、ドライエッチングの具体的手法、並びに第1段階のエッチング、第2段階のエッチング、およびオーバーエッチングについて説明する。
 ドライエッチングは、下記手法により事前にエッチング条件を求めて行なう。
 (1)第1段階のエッチングにおけるエッチングレート(nm/分)と、第2段階のエッチングにおけるエッチングレート(nm/分)とをそれぞれ算出する。(2)第1段階のエッチングで所望の厚さをエッチングする時間と、第2段階のエッチングで所望の厚さをエッチングする時間とをそれぞれ算出する。(3)上記(2)で算出したエッチング時間に従って第1段階のエッチングを実施する。(4)上記(2)で算出したエッチング時間に従って第2段階のエッチングを実施する。あるいはエンドポイント検出でエッチング時間を決定し、決定したエッチング時間に従って第2段階のエッチングを実施してもよい。(5)上記(3)、(4)の合計時間に対してオーバーエッチング時間を算出し、オーバーエッチングを実施する。
 上記第1段階のエッチング工程で用いる混合ガスとしては、被エッチング膜である有機材料を矩形に加工する観点から、フッ素系ガスおよび酸素ガス(O)を含むことが好ましい。また、第1段階のエッチング工程は、有機半導体層が露出しない領域までエッチングすることで、有機半導体層のダメージを回避することができる。また、上記第2段階のエッチング工程および上記オーバーエッチング工程は、第1段階のエッチング工程でフッ素系ガスおよび酸素ガスの混合ガスにより有機半導体層が露出しない領域までエッチングを実施した後、有機半導体層のダメージ回避の観点から、窒素ガスおよび酸素ガスの混合ガスを用いてエッチング処理を行なうのが好ましい。
 第1段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量と、第2段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量との比率は、第1段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング処理による矩形性を損なわないように決定することが重要である。なお、全エッチング量(第1段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量と第2段階のエッチング工程でのエッチング量との総和)中における後者の比率は、0%より大きく50%以下である範囲が好ましく、10~20%がより好ましい。エッチング量とは、被エッチング膜の残存する膜厚とエッチング前の膜厚との差から算出される量のことをいう。
 また、エッチングは、オーバーエッチング処理を含むことが好ましい。オーバーエッチング処理は、オーバーエッチング比率を設定して行なうことが好ましい。また、オーバーエッチング比率は、初めに行なうエッチング処理時間より算出することが好ましい。オーバーエッチング比率は任意に設定できるが、フォトレジストのエッチング耐性と被エッチングパターンの矩形性維持の点で、エッチング工程におけるエッチング処理時間の30%以下であることが好ましく、5~25%であることがより好ましく、10~15%であることが特に好ましい。
<< (5) Step of removing at least the non-masked water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer by dry etching treatment >>
After developing the photosensitive layer to produce a mask pattern, at least the water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer in the non-mask portion are removed by an etching process. A non-mask part represents the location which is not exposed with the mask at the time of exposing a photosensitive layer and producing a mask pattern.
Specifically, in the dry etching, at least the water-soluble resin layer and the organic semiconductor layer are dry etched using the resist pattern as an etching mask. Representative examples of dry etching include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 59-126506, 59-046628, 58-009108, 58-002809, and 57-148706. There is a method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-0410102.
The dry etching is preferably performed in the following manner from the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangle and reducing damage to the organic semiconductor layer.
A first stage etching using a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas (O 2 ) to perform etching up to a region (depth) where the organic semiconductor layer is not exposed, and after this first stage etching, nitrogen gas The second stage etching, in which etching is performed to the vicinity of the region (depth) after the organic semiconductor layer is exposed, using a mixed gas of (N 2 ) and oxygen gas (O 2 ), and the organic semiconductor layer is exposed A mode including over-etching performed later is preferable. Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching and the first stage etching, second stage etching, and over-etching will be described.
Dry etching is performed by obtaining etching conditions in advance by the following method.
(1) The etching rate (nm / min) in the first stage etching and the etching rate (nm / min) in the second stage etching are calculated. (2) The time for etching the desired thickness in the first stage etching and the time for etching the desired thickness in the second stage etching are respectively calculated. (3) The first stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above. (4) The second stage etching is performed according to the etching time calculated in (2) above. Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by endpoint detection, and the second stage etching may be performed according to the determined etching time. (5) Overetching time is calculated with respect to the total time of (3) and (4) above, and overetching is performed.
The mixed gas used in the first stage etching step preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and an oxygen gas (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material that is the film to be etched into a rectangular shape. In the first step, the organic semiconductor layer can be prevented from being damaged by etching the region where the organic semiconductor layer is not exposed. The second-stage etching process and the over-etching process may be performed by performing etching to a region where the organic semiconductor layer is not exposed by a mixed gas of fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas in the first-stage etching process. From the viewpoint of avoiding damage, it is preferable to perform the etching process using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.
It is important to determine the ratio between the etching amount in the first stage etching process and the etching amount in the second stage etching process so as not to impair the rectangularity due to the etching process in the first stage etching process. It is. The latter ratio in the total etching amount (the sum of the etching amount in the first-stage etching process and the etching amount in the second-stage etching process) is preferably in the range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. 10 to 20% is more preferable. The etching amount is an amount calculated from the difference between the remaining film thickness to be etched and the film thickness before etching.
Etching preferably includes an over-etching process. The overetching process is preferably performed by setting an overetching ratio. Moreover, it is preferable to calculate the overetching ratio from the etching process time to be performed first. The over-etching ratio can be arbitrarily set, but it is preferably 30% or less of the etching processing time in the etching process, and preferably 5 to 25% from the viewpoint of etching resistance of the photoresist and maintaining the rectangularity of the pattern to be etched. Is more preferable, and 10 to 15% is particularly preferable.
<<(6)水溶性樹脂層を水等で溶解除去する工程>>
 エッチング後、溶剤(通常は、水)を用いて水溶性樹脂層を除去する。
 水溶性樹脂層を水で除去する方法としては、例えば、スプレー式またはシャワー式の噴射ノズルからレジストパターンに洗浄水を噴射して、水溶性樹脂層を除去する方法を挙げることができる。洗浄水としては、純水を好ましく用いることができる。また、噴射ノズルとしては、その噴射範囲内に基板全体が包含される噴射ノズルや、可動式の噴射ノズルであってその可動範囲が基板全体を包含する噴射ノズルを挙げることができる。また別の態様として、機械的に水溶性樹脂層を剥離した後に、有機半導体上に残存する水溶性樹脂層の残渣を溶解除去する態様が挙げられる。
 噴射ノズルが可動式の場合、水溶性樹脂層を除去する工程中に基板中心部から基板端部までを2回以上移動して洗浄水を噴射することで、より効果的にレジストパターンを除去することができる。
 水を除去した後、乾燥等の工程を行うことも好ましい。乾燥温度としては、80~120℃とすることが好ましい。
<< (6) Step of dissolving and removing the water-soluble resin layer with water, etc. >>
After the etching, the water-soluble resin layer is removed using a solvent (usually water).
Examples of the method for removing the water-soluble resin layer with water include a method for removing the water-soluble resin layer by spraying cleaning water onto the resist pattern from a spray type or shower type spray nozzle. As the washing water, pure water can be preferably used. Examples of the injection nozzle include an injection nozzle in which the entire substrate is included in the injection range, and an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and in which the movable range includes the entire substrate. Another embodiment is an embodiment in which after the water-soluble resin layer is mechanically peeled off, the residue of the water-soluble resin layer remaining on the organic semiconductor is dissolved and removed.
When the spray nozzle is movable, the resist pattern is more effectively removed by spraying the cleaning water by moving from the center of the substrate to the end of the substrate at least twice during the process of removing the water-soluble resin layer. be able to.
It is also preferable to perform a process such as drying after removing water. The drying temperature is preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
<用途>
 本発明の積層体は、有機半導体を利用した電子デバイスの製造に用いることができる。ここで、電子デバイスとは、半導体を含有し、かつ2つ以上の電極を有し、その電極間に流れる電流や生じる電圧を、電気、光、磁気、化学物質などにより制御するデバイス、あるいは、印加した電圧や電流により、光や電場、磁場などを発生させるデバイスである。例としては、有機光電変換素子、有機電界効果トランジスタ、有機電界発光素子、ガスセンサ、有機整流素子、有機インバータ、情報記録素子などが挙げられる。有機光電変換素子は光センサ用途、エネルギー変換用途(太陽電池)のいずれにも用いることができる。これらの中で、用途として好ましくは有機電界効果トランジスタ、有機光電変換素子、有機電界発光素子であり、より好ましくは有機電界効果トランジスタ、有機光電変換素子であり、特に好ましくは有機電界効果トランジスタである。
<Application>
The laminated body of this invention can be used for manufacture of the electronic device using an organic semiconductor. Here, the electronic device is a device that contains a semiconductor and has two or more electrodes, and a current flowing between the electrodes and a generated voltage are controlled by electricity, light, magnetism, a chemical substance, or the like, or It is a device that generates light, electric field, magnetic field, etc. by applied voltage or current. Examples include organic photoelectric conversion elements, organic field effect transistors, organic electroluminescent elements, gas sensors, organic rectifying elements, organic inverters, information recording elements, and the like. The organic photoelectric conversion element can be used for both optical sensor applications and energy conversion applications (solar cells). Among these, organic field effect transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements, and organic electroluminescence elements are preferable as applications, more preferably organic field effect transistors and organic photoelectric conversion elements, and particularly preferably organic field effect transistors. .
 以下、本発明を実施例によりさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はその趣旨を超えない限り以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「%」および「部」は質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Unless otherwise specified, “%” and “parts” are based on mass.
<水溶性樹脂組成物>
 表1に示す水溶性樹脂(下記)、界面活性剤、防腐剤を、表1に示す割合(質量部)で配合し、水溶性樹脂を固形分濃度が15質量%になるように配合し、各成分を混合して均一な2L溶液とした後、3M ZetaPlusEC8PI-150GN デプスフィルター(0.8μm相当)を用いてろ過して水溶性樹脂組成物を調製した。
 ポリビニルアルコール(PVA):製造元 クラレ、品番 PVA-203、重合度 300
 ポリビニルピロリドン(PVP):東京化成 ポリビニルピロリドン K90、Mw360,000
<Water-soluble resin composition>
The water-soluble resin shown in Table 1 (below), surfactant, and preservative are blended in the proportions (parts by mass) shown in Table 1, and the water-soluble resin is blended so that the solid content concentration is 15% by mass, Each component was mixed to make a uniform 2 L solution, and then filtered using a 3M ZetaPlusEC8PI-150GN depth filter (equivalent to 0.8 μm) to prepare a water-soluble resin composition.
Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA): manufacturer Kuraray, product number PVA-203, polymerization degree 300
Polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP): Tokyo Kasei Polyvinylpyrrolidone K90, Mw 360,000
界面活性剤:
アセチレノールE00:川研ファインケム社製
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Surfactant:
Acetylenol E00: Kawaken Finechem
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
アセチレノールE13T:川研ファインケム社製(m+nは4である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Acetylenol E13T: manufactured by Kawaken Finechem Co. (m + n is 4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
アセチレノールE60:川研ファインケム社製(m+nは6である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Acetylenol E60: manufactured by Kawaken Finechem Co. (m + n is 6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
サーフィノール440:日信化学工業社製 (m+nは3.5である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Surfynol 440: manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (m + n is 3.5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
サーフィノール82:日信化学工業社製 (m+nは4である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Surfynol 82: Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (m + n is 4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
メガファックF-556: DIC製、 フッ素基・親水性基・親油性基含有オリゴマー ノニオン系界面活性剤 MegaFuck F-556: DIC, fluorine group / hydrophilic group / lipophilic group-containing oligomer, nonionic surfactant
メガファックF-444:DIC製、含フッ素基・親水性基含有オリゴマー
オルフィンE1020:日信化学工業社製
防腐剤X-1:1,2-ベンゾイソチアゾリン-3-オン
Megafac F-444: DIC, fluorinated / hydrophilic group-containing oligomer orphine E1020: Nissin Chemical Industry Preservative X-1: 1,2-Benzisothiazoline-3-one
<感光性樹脂組成物>
 以下のようにして、各感光性樹脂を合成した。
<<合成例 感光性樹脂A-1の合成>>
 窒素導入管および、冷却管を取り付けた200mL三口フラスコにPGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)(32.62g)を入れ、86℃に昇温した。ここに、BzMA(16.65g)、THFMA(21.08g)、t-BuMA(5.76g)、およびV-601(0.4663g)をPGMEA(32.62g)に溶解したものを2時間かけて滴下した。その後、反応液を2時間撹拌し、反応を終了させた。反応液をヘプタン中に再沈することで生じた白色粉体をろ過により回収することで、酸反応性樹脂A-2を得た。重量平均分子量(Mw)は45,000であった。
 Mwが1,000以下の成分の量は、3質量%であった。
<Photosensitive resin composition>
Each photosensitive resin was synthesized as follows.
<< Synthesis Example Synthesis of Photosensitive Resin A-1 >>
PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) (32.62 g) was placed in a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen introduction tube and a cooling tube, and the temperature was raised to 86 ° C. Here, BzMA (16.65 g), THFMA (21.08 g), t-BuMA (5.76 g), and V-601 (0.4663 g) dissolved in PGMEA (32.62 g) were taken over 2 hours. And dripped. Thereafter, the reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours to complete the reaction. The white powder produced by reprecipitation of the reaction solution in heptane was collected by filtration to obtain acid-reactive resin A-2. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 45,000.
The amount of the component having Mw of 1,000 or less was 3% by mass.
 下記の処方で、各成分を混合して均一な溶液とした後、0.45μmの孔径を有するナイロン製フィルタを用いてろ過して感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<配合>
感光性樹脂A-1        25.091質量部
 酸発生剤B-1         0.255質量部
 塩基発生剤C-1        0.077質量部
 界面活性剤D-1        0.077質量部
 溶剤E-1          74.500質量部
In the following formulation, each component was mixed to make a uniform solution, and then filtered using a nylon filter having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a photosensitive resin composition.
<Combination>
Photosensitive resin A-1 25.091 parts by mass Acid generator B-1 0.255 parts by mass Base generator C-1 0.077 parts by mass Surfactant D-1 0.077 parts by mass Solvent E-1 74. 500 parts by mass
酸発生剤 B-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Acid generator B-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
塩基性化合物 C-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Basic compound C-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
界面活性剤 D-1: OMNOVA  製、品番 PF6320  Surfactant D-1: OMNOVA, part number PF6320
溶剤 E-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート Solvent E-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
<有機半導体基板の作製>
 直径8インチ(1インチは2.54cmである)の円盤状ガラス基板のガラス基板上に、以下の組成からなる有機半導体塗布液(有機半導体形成用組成物)をスピンコートし、130℃で10分乾燥させることで有機半導体層を形成した。膜厚は150nmであった。
 有機半導体塗布液の組成
  P3HT(シグマ アルドリッチ ジャパン合同会社製) 10質量%
  PCBM(シグマ アルドリッチ ジャパン合同会社製) 10質量%
  クロロホルム(和光純薬工業(株)製) 80質量%
<Production of organic semiconductor substrate>
An organic semiconductor coating solution (composition for forming an organic semiconductor) having the following composition is spin-coated on a glass substrate of a disk-shaped glass substrate having a diameter of 8 inches (1 inch is 2.54 cm), and 10 at 130 ° C. An organic semiconductor layer was formed by partial drying. The film thickness was 150 nm.
Composition of organic semiconductor coating solution P3HT (Sigma Aldrich Japan GK) 10% by mass
PCBM (Sigma Aldrich Japan GK) 10% by mass
Chloroform (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 80% by mass
<感光層の形成>
 製膜した水溶性樹脂層の表面に、感光性樹脂組成物をスピンコートし、100℃で1分間乾燥(プリベーク)し、感光層を形成した。膜厚は2μmであった。
<Formation of photosensitive layer>
A photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer thus formed, and dried (prebaked) at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a photosensitive layer. The film thickness was 2 μm.
<溶解速度>
 上記有機半導体層の表面に、水溶性樹脂組成物をスピンコートし、100℃で1分乾燥させることで、厚さ2μmの水溶性樹脂層を形成した。
 水溶性樹脂層の水に対する溶解速度の測定は、水晶振動子マイクロバランス(QCM)法を用い、2μm膜厚の塗膜が溶ける時間から算出した。測定は、各試料について3回行って、その算術平均値を採用した。
<Dissolution rate>
A water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 μm.
The dissolution rate of the water-soluble resin layer in water was calculated from the time during which the coating film having a thickness of 2 μm was dissolved using a quartz crystal microbalance (QCM) method. The measurement was performed 3 times for each sample, and the arithmetic average value was adopted.
<膜厚面内均一性(面内のばらつき)>
 水溶性樹脂層の膜厚面内均一性(面内のばらつき)は以下のようにして測定した。
 上記有機半導体層の表面に、水溶性樹脂組成物をスピンコートし、100℃で1分乾燥させることで、厚さ2μmの水溶性樹脂層を形成した。FILMETRIX社製 F-50膜厚計にて基板全面の膜厚の面内121点を計測した。面内121点の膜厚の算術平均値をM、標準偏差をσとした場合に、次式で得られる値を膜厚面内均一性とした。
膜厚面内均一性=3σ÷M×100[%]
<In-plane uniformity of film thickness (in-plane variation)>
The in-plane uniformity (in-plane variation) of the water-soluble resin layer was measured as follows.
A water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 μm. 121 points of the film thickness of the entire surface of the substrate were measured with an F-50 film thickness meter manufactured by FILMETRIX. When the arithmetic average value of the film thickness at 121 points in the plane is M and the standard deviation is σ, the value obtained by the following equation is the film thickness in-plane uniformity.
In-plane uniformity of film thickness = 3σ ÷ M × 100 [%]
<静止接触角の測定>
 上記有機半導体層の表面に、静止接触角計(協和界面科学社製)を用い、シリンジで、液滴サイズ10μLの水滴を着滴させ、各水溶性樹脂組成物について、液滴のなす角度を測定した。測定は、各試料について3回行って、その算術平均値を採用した。
 その他の条件はJISR3257:1999に準拠するものとした。
<Measurement of static contact angle>
Using a static contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer, a water droplet having a droplet size of 10 μL is deposited with a syringe. It was measured. The measurement was performed 3 times for each sample, and the arithmetic average value was adopted.
Other conditions were based on JIS R3257: 1999.
<表面張力の測定>
 表面張力は、協和界面科学(株)製、表面張力計 SURFACE TENS-IOMETER CBVP-A3を用い、ガラスプレートを用いて23℃で行った。単位は、mN/mで示した。アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤の表面張力(γUL)に関しては、溶剤としては超純水を用いて0.1質量%の希釈液として測定を行った。測定は、各試料について3回行って、その算術平均値を採用した。
<Measurement of surface tension>
The surface tension was measured at 23 ° C. using a surface tension meter SURFACE TENS-IOMETER CBVP-A3 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. using a glass plate. The unit is mN / m. Regarding the surface tension (γUL) of the surfactant containing an acetylene group, measurement was carried out as a 0.1% by mass dilution using ultrapure water as the solvent. The measurement was performed 3 times for each sample, and the arithmetic average value was adopted.
<塗布面状>
 上記有機半導体層の表面に、水溶性樹脂組成物をスピンコートし、100℃で1分乾燥させることで、厚さ2μmの水溶性樹脂層を形成した。有機半導体層へのスピンコート時の、水溶性樹脂層の濡れ広がり、塗布ムラ、および塗布欠陥を目視で観察した。
<Applied surface>
A water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 μm. The wet-spreading of the water-soluble resin layer, coating unevenness, and coating defects were visually observed during spin coating onto the organic semiconductor layer.
<塗布面状>
 A:濡れ広がりが良好であり、塗布ムラや塗布欠陥がみられなかった
 B:濡れ広がり不十分な領域、濡れ広がった部分における塗布ムラ、濡れ広がった部分における塗布欠陥のうち1つが存在した
 C:濡れ広がり不十分な領域、濡れ広がった部分における塗布ムラ、濡れ広がった部分における塗布欠陥のうち2つ以上が存在した
<Applied surface>
A: Wetting spread was good and no coating unevenness or coating defect was observed. B: One of an area where wet spreading was insufficient, coating unevenness in a wet spreading part, and coating defect in a wet spreading part was present. C : There were two or more of the areas where the wet spread was insufficient, the coating unevenness in the wet spread area, and the coating defect in the wet spread area.
<パターン開口部の洗浄性>
 上記有機半導体層の表面に、水溶性樹脂組成物をスピンコートし、100℃で1分乾燥させることで、厚さ2μmの水溶性樹脂層を形成した。その上に、感光性樹脂組成物(レジスト)をスピンコーターを用いて厚さ2μmとなるよう塗布した。i線の平行露光機を用い、所定のマスクを介して、i線を、200mJ/cmとなるように照射して、露光量80mJとなるように露光した。その後、80℃、60秒の条件でポストベーク(PEB)し、酢酸ブチルで80秒の現像することで、5mm角の水溶性樹脂層がむき出しになった矩形のホール開口部を得た。
 現像後の基板は、さらに超純水30mlを基板に液盛りし、15秒保持した。開口部のみ水溶性樹脂を除去し、スピン乾燥を実施した。5mm角の有機半導体層を露出させ、その部分に残った水溶性樹脂層を光学顕微鏡で残渣をカウントした。3回の測定の算術平均値を採用した。
 A:残渣なし
 B:残渣1個
 C:残渣2個以上
<Cleanability of pattern opening>
A water-soluble resin composition was spin coated on the surface of the organic semiconductor layer and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to form a water-soluble resin layer having a thickness of 2 μm. On top of this, a photosensitive resin composition (resist) was applied to a thickness of 2 μm using a spin coater. Using an i-line parallel exposure machine, i-line was irradiated through a predetermined mask so as to be 200 mJ / cm 2 and exposed to an exposure amount of 80 mJ. Thereafter, post-baking (PEB) was performed at 80 ° C. for 60 seconds, and development was performed with butyl acetate for 80 seconds to obtain a rectangular hole opening in which a 5 mm square water-soluble resin layer was exposed.
The substrate after the development was further filled with 30 ml of ultrapure water and held for 15 seconds. The water-soluble resin was removed only at the opening and spin drying was performed. A 5 mm square organic semiconductor layer was exposed, and the residue of the water-soluble resin layer remaining in the portion was counted with an optical microscope. The arithmetic average of three measurements was adopted.
A: No residue B: 1 residue C: 2 or more residues
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
 上記の結果より、水溶性樹脂層にアセチレン基を含む界面活性剤を含ませ、水溶性樹脂層について、水に対する溶解速度を0.1~3.0μm/秒とし、かつ接触角を69°以下とした実施例の積層体によれば、有機半導体層上の水溶性樹脂層の良好な塗布面状を得ることができることが分かった。一方、接触角が69°を超える水溶性樹脂層を用いた積層体では(比較例1~5)では、水溶性樹脂層の塗布面状およびパターン開口部の洗浄性が劣ることが分かった。さらに、実施例の中でも、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤として、アセチレノールE00、同E13T (いずれも商品名)を用いたものでは、特に良好な塗布面状(Aの評価)が得られることが分かった。 From the above results, a surfactant containing an acetylene group is included in the water-soluble resin layer, the water-soluble resin layer has a water dissolution rate of 0.1 to 3.0 μm / second, and a contact angle of 69 ° or less. According to the laminate of the example, it was found that a good coated surface shape of the water-soluble resin layer on the organic semiconductor layer can be obtained. On the other hand, in the laminate using the water-soluble resin layer having a contact angle exceeding 69 ° (Comparative Examples 1 to 5), it was found that the coating surface shape of the water-soluble resin layer and the cleanability of the pattern opening were inferior. Furthermore, among the examples, it was found that particularly good coated surface condition (Evaluation of A) was obtained when acetylenol E00 and E13T (both trade names) were used as surfactants containing an acetylene group. It was.
1 感光層
 1a 露光現像された感光層
2 水溶性樹脂層
3 有機半導体層
 3a 加工後の有機半導体層
4 基板
5 除去部
 5a エッチング後の除去部
22 被試験体(基板)
21 試料液滴
Θ  静止接触角
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Photosensitive layer 1a Exposed and developed photosensitive layer 2 Water-soluble resin layer 3 Organic semiconductor layer 3a Processed organic semiconductor layer 4 Substrate 5 Removal part 5a Etching removal part 22 Test object (substrate)
21 Sample droplet Θ Static contact angle

Claims (15)

  1.  部材と前記部材の表面に接する水溶性樹脂層とを有する積層体であって、
     前記水溶性樹脂層は25℃の水に浸漬した際に0.1~3.0μm/秒の速度で溶解する層であり、前記水溶性樹脂層は、水溶性樹脂とアセチレン基を含む界面活性剤とを含む水溶性樹脂組成物から形成され、
     前記部材に対する前記水溶性樹脂組成物の静止接触角が69°以下である、
    積層体。
    A laminate having a member and a water-soluble resin layer in contact with the surface of the member,
    The water-soluble resin layer is a layer that dissolves at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 μm / second when immersed in water at 25 ° C., and the water-soluble resin layer has a surface activity containing a water-soluble resin and an acetylene group. Formed from a water-soluble resin composition containing an agent,
    The static contact angle of the water-soluble resin composition with respect to the member is 69 ° or less,
    Laminated body.
  2.  前記界面活性剤が下記式(9)で表される化合物を含む、請求項1に記載の積層体;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式中、R91およびR92は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数3~15のアルキル基、炭素数6~15の芳香族炭化水素基、または、炭素数4~15の芳香族複素環基を示す。
    The laminated body of Claim 1 in which the said surfactant contains the compound represented by following formula (9);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the formula, each of R 91 and R 92 independently represents an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms. .
  3.  前記界面活性剤が下記式(91)で表される化合物を含む、請求項1に記載の積層体;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     R93~R96は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基であり、n9は1~6の整数であり、m9はn9の2倍の整数であり、n10は1~6の整数であり、m10はn10の2倍の整数であり、l9およびl10は、それぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の数である。
    The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the surfactant comprises a compound represented by the following formula (91);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    R 93 to R 96 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer twice as large as n9, and n10 is an integer of 1 to 6. M10 is an integer twice as large as n10, and l9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  4.  前記界面活性剤が下記式(92)で表される化合物を含む、請求項1に記載の積層体;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     R93、R94、R97~R100は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基であり、l11およびl12は、それぞれ独立に、0以上12以下の数である。
    The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the surfactant comprises a compound represented by the following formula (92);
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and l11 and l12 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less.
  5.  前記界面活性剤の23℃における、0.1質量%水溶液の表面張力が45mN/m以下である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the surface tension of a 0.1% by mass aqueous solution of the surfactant at 23 ° C is 45 mN / m or less.
  6.  前記水溶性樹脂層の膜厚面内均一性が5%以下である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the in-plane uniformity of the film thickness of the water-soluble resin layer is 5% or less.
  7.  前記水溶性樹脂層を構成する水溶性樹脂が下記式(P1-1)で表される構成単位および式(P1-2)で表される構成単位の少なくとも1種の構成単位を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の積層体;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     式(P1-1)および(P1-2)中、RP1は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基であり、npおよびmpは正の整数である。
    The water-soluble resin constituting the water-soluble resin layer includes at least one structural unit of a structural unit represented by the following formula (P1-1) and a structural unit represented by the formula (P1-2). The laminate according to any one of 1 to 6;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In formulas (P1-1) and (P1-2), R P1 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and np and mp are positive integers.
  8.  前記水溶性樹脂層の上に感光層を有する、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a photosensitive layer on the water-soluble resin layer.
  9.  前記感光層を前記水溶性樹脂層表面に有する、請求項8に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 8, which has the photosensitive layer on the surface of the water-soluble resin layer.
  10.  前記感光層を露光し、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像することにより、感光層にパターンを形成した、請求項8または9に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the photosensitive layer is exposed and developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern on the photosensitive layer.
  11.  前記感光層が光酸発生剤と感光性樹脂とを含む、請求項8~10のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the photosensitive layer comprises a photoacid generator and a photosensitive resin.
  12.  前記部材が有機半導体層である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the member is an organic semiconductor layer.
  13.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の積層体が有する水溶性樹脂層を形成するための水溶性樹脂組成物であって、アセチレン基を含む界面活性剤と水溶性樹脂と水系溶剤とを含む水溶性樹脂組成物。 A water-soluble resin composition for forming a water-soluble resin layer of the laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 12, comprising a surfactant containing an acetylene group, a water-soluble resin, and an aqueous solvent. A water-soluble resin composition comprising:
  14.  前記水溶性樹脂組成物から形成される水溶性樹脂層は25℃の水に浸漬した際に0.1~3.0μm/秒の速度で溶解する、請求項13に記載の水溶性樹脂組成物。 The water-soluble resin composition according to claim 13, wherein the water-soluble resin layer formed from the water-soluble resin composition dissolves at a rate of 0.1 to 3.0 µm / sec when immersed in water at 25 ° C. .
  15.  部材と水溶性樹脂層と感光層とを前記順に有する積層体を作製するための樹脂組成物のキットであって、請求項13または14に記載の水溶性樹脂組成物と、感光性樹脂組成物とを含むキット。
         
    It is a kit of the resin composition for producing the laminated body which has a member, a water-soluble resin layer, and a photosensitive layer in the said order, Comprising: The water-soluble resin composition of Claim 13 or 14, and the photosensitive resin composition And a kit containing.
PCT/JP2019/007194 2018-03-01 2019-02-26 Multilayer body, water-soluble resin composition, and kit WO2019167914A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020207024885A KR20200115609A (en) 2018-03-01 2019-02-26 Laminate, water-soluble resin composition, kit
CN201980016086.8A CN111788527A (en) 2018-03-01 2019-02-26 Laminate, water-soluble resin composition, and kit
JP2020503508A JPWO2019167914A1 (en) 2018-03-01 2019-02-26 Laminate, water-soluble resin composition, kit

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018036639 2018-03-01
JP2018-036639 2018-03-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019167914A1 true WO2019167914A1 (en) 2019-09-06

Family

ID=67805763

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/007194 WO2019167914A1 (en) 2018-03-01 2019-02-26 Multilayer body, water-soluble resin composition, and kit

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2019167914A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20200115609A (en)
CN (1) CN111788527A (en)
TW (1) TW201936768A (en)
WO (1) WO2019167914A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020124225A1 (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 National Research Council Of Canada Thin film transistors comprising carbon nanotube networks encapsulated by a polymeric layer and methods for the manufacture thereof

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070166647A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2007-07-19 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. Light sensitive planographic printing plate material and planographic printing plate manufacturing process
JP2007298633A (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-15 Jsr Corp Composition for antireflection film formation, laminate and resist pattern forming method
JP2014081528A (en) * 2012-10-17 2014-05-08 Okamoto Kagaku Kogyo Kk Composition for forming protective layer and lithographic printing original plate using the same
JP2014174329A (en) * 2013-03-08 2014-09-22 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Composition for forming resist overlay film for lithography and method for manufacturing semiconductor device using the composition
JP2015087613A (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, organic-semiconductor manufacturing kit, and resist composition for manufacturing organic semiconductor
JP2015194674A (en) * 2013-08-23 2015-11-05 富士フイルム株式会社 laminate
WO2016175220A1 (en) * 2015-04-28 2016-11-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate and kit

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6594688B2 (en) * 1993-10-01 2003-07-15 Collaboration Properties, Inc. Dedicated echo canceler for a workstation
JP2010095655A (en) 2008-10-17 2010-04-30 Fujifilm Corp Hydrophilic composition and hydrophilic member each having antifungal effect
JP6167016B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2017-07-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, organic semiconductor manufacturing kit and organic semiconductor manufacturing resist composition

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070166647A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2007-07-19 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. Light sensitive planographic printing plate material and planographic printing plate manufacturing process
JP2007298633A (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-15 Jsr Corp Composition for antireflection film formation, laminate and resist pattern forming method
JP2014081528A (en) * 2012-10-17 2014-05-08 Okamoto Kagaku Kogyo Kk Composition for forming protective layer and lithographic printing original plate using the same
JP2014174329A (en) * 2013-03-08 2014-09-22 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Composition for forming resist overlay film for lithography and method for manufacturing semiconductor device using the composition
JP2015194674A (en) * 2013-08-23 2015-11-05 富士フイルム株式会社 laminate
JP2015087613A (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, organic-semiconductor manufacturing kit, and resist composition for manufacturing organic semiconductor
WO2016175220A1 (en) * 2015-04-28 2016-11-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate and kit

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019167914A1 (en) 2021-02-18
KR20200115609A (en) 2020-10-07
CN111788527A (en) 2020-10-16
TW201936768A (en) 2019-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6514770B2 (en) Laminates and kits
WO2019167914A1 (en) Multilayer body, water-soluble resin composition, and kit
WO2021182399A1 (en) Removal liquid, kit, and semiconductor device
WO2020195995A1 (en) Multilayer body, composition, and kit for forming multilayer body
JP7170123B2 (en) LAMINATE, COMPOSITION, AND LAMINATE FORMING KIT
WO2020262282A1 (en) Method for producing composition for forming protective layer, method for preserving composition for forming protective layer, and practical application of preservation method
JP7182007B2 (en) Protective layer-forming composition, layered film, protective layer, laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2019163951A1 (en) Photosensitive layer, laminate, photosensitive resin composition, and kit
WO2020184406A1 (en) Laminated body, composition, and laminated-body formation kit
WO2019163859A1 (en) Photosensitive layer, laminate, photosensitive resin composition, kit, and production method for photosensitive resin composition
TWI830889B (en) Laminated body, composition and set for forming laminated body
WO2022050313A1 (en) Method for manufacturing organic layer pattern, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2021110839A (en) Laminate, composition for forming protective layer, kit and semiconductor device
JP2021107473A (en) Composition for forming protective layers, layer-like film, protective layer, laminate, kit and semiconductor device
WO2020129873A1 (en) Laminate, composition, and laminate formation kit
JP2021110796A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, layered film, photosensitive layer, laminate, kit and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19760563

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020503508

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207024885

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19760563

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1